Ives 2019 Product Catalog Architectural Hardware Products 105313

User Manual: Ives 2019 Ives Product Catalog Catalog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 244 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Architectural
hardware
products
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products iii
Table of contents
Finish chart ........................................................................................ iv
Packaging, Handing ............................................................................... vi
A - Hinges and pivots
Architectural hinges ..............................................................................A2
Continuous hinges - aluminum geared ............................................................A17
Continuous hinges - pin and barrel ...............................................................A38
Pivots ...........................................................................................A52
B -Pulls and push plates
Architectural pulls and pushbars .................................................................. B2
Decorative pulls .................................................................................B23
Long door pull ...................................................................................B38
Push and pulls plates ............................................................................B40
Protection plates ................................................................................B46
Vandal resistant trim ............................................................................B48
Flush pulls .......................................................................................B57
Decorative flush pulls ............................................................................B60
Sliding door pulls ................................................................................B63
Screen door pull .................................................................................B65
C - Flush bolts & coordinators
Automatic flush bolts ............................................................................ C2
Constant latching flush bolts .....................................................................C6
Manual flush bolts and dust proof strikes ........................................................ C10
Coordinators - bar, gravity, carry bar ..............................................................C17
D - Latches, catches & bolts
Surface bolts .....................................................................................D2
Door guards ...................................................................................... D7
Roller latches .....................................................................................D8
Angle stops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D11
Latches/catches ................................................................................. D12
E - Stops
Floor stops and holders ........................................................................... E2
Wall stops/bumpers ..............................................................................E9
Wall holders ......................................................................................E13
Kick down holders ................................................................................E15
Plunger door holders .............................................................................E17
Roller bumpers .................................................................................. E18
Residential door stops ........................................................................... E19
Door silencers ...................................................................................E25
Crash stops ......................................................................................E26
F - Exterior hardware
Lock guards ...................................................................................... F2
Viewers .......................................................................................... F5
Door knockers .....................................................................................F7
Mail slots ......................................................................................... F8
G - Miscellaneous hardware
Brackets & hooks ................................................................................. G2
Decorative hooks ................................................................................G10
Window hardware ............................................................................... G14
Rescue hardware .................................................................................G17
Index
by product description ...........................................................................242
by part number ..................................................................................243
Ives Architectural hardware products
iv
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Finishes
IVES Finish ANSI/BHMA US Number Finish description Base material
A3 666 US3 Bright brass, clear coat Aluminum
A4 667 US4 Satin brass, clear coat Aluminum
A5 --- US5 Brass, blackened, satin relieved Aluminum
A10 668 US10 Satin bronze, clear coat Aluminum
A10B 703 US10B Dark bronze, oil rubbed Aluminum
A14 669 US14 Bright nickel, clear coat Aluminum
A15 670 US15 Satin nickel, clear coat Aluminum
A26 672 US26 Bright chrome Aluminum
A26D 702 US26D Satin chrome Aluminum
A-643E/716 --- --- Aged bronze, blackened, edge relieved Aluminum
A92 673 --- Aluminum clear coat Aluminum
A-BLK --- --- Matte black Aluminum
A-W --- --- White Aluminum
US27 627 US27 Satin aluminum, clear coated Aluminum
441 441 --- Satin stainless anodized Aluminum
PA28 628 US28 Satin aluminum, clear anodized Aluminum
688 688 --- Satin brass anodized Aluminum
709 709 --- Satin bronze anodized Aluminum
710 710 313AN Dark bronze anodized Aluminum
711 711 315AN Black anodized Aluminum
712 712 --- Bright chrome anodized Aluminum
713 713 --- Satin chrome anodized Aluminum
B3 605 US3 Bright brass, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B4 606 US4 Satin brass, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B5 609 US5 Satin brass, blackened, satin relieved Brass/Bronze
B9 611 US9 Bright bronze, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B10 612 US10 Satin bronze, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B10B 613 US10B Dark bronze, oil rubbed Brass/Bronze
614 614 US10A Satin bronze, relieved, clear coated Brass/Bronze
616 616 US11 Satin bronze, blackened, clear coated Brass/Bronze
B14 618 US14 Bright nickel, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B15 619 US15 Satin nickel, clear coat Brass/Bronze
B15A 620 US15A Satin nickel, blackened, satin relieved Brass/Bronze
B26 625 US26 Bright chrome Brass/Bronze
B26D 626 US26D Satin chrome Brass/Bronze
US26D-AM --- --- Satin chrome, antimicrobial coating Brass/Bronze
B-643E/716 --- --- Aged bronze, blackened, edge relieved Brass/Bronze
B-BLK 622 --- Matte black Brass/Bronze
US2G 603 US2G Zinc plated Steel
F2C 604 US2C Zinc plated Steel
F3 632 US3 Bright brass, clear coat Steel
F4 633 US4 Satin brass, clear coat Steel
F5 638 US5 Satin brass, blackened, satin relieved Steel
F10 639 US10 Satin bronze, clear coat Steel
F10B 640 US10B Dark bronze, oil rubbed Steel
641 641 US10A Oxidized brz, relieved, clear coated Steel
643 643 US11 Satin brz, blackened, relieved, clear Steel
F14 645 US14 Bright nickel, clear coat Steel
F15 646 US15 Satin nickel, clear coated Steel
F15A 647 US15A Satin nickel, blackened, relieved, clear Steel
F26 651 US26 Bright chrome Steel
F26D 652 US26D Satin chrome Steel
F-643E/716 --- --- Aged bronze, blackened, edge relieved Steel
F-BLK 622 --- Matte black Steel
F-W --- --- White Steel
SP4 706 --- Dull brass painted All
SP10 691 --- Dull bronze painted All
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products v
Finishes
IVES Finish ANSI/BHMA US Number Finish description Base material
SP28 689 --- Aluminum painted All
SP313 695 --- Dark bronze painted All
SPBLK 622 --- Matte black All
USP 600 USP Primed for paint All
US32 629 US32 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel
US32-316 629-316 US32-316 Bright stainless steel - 316 series Stainless steel - 316
US32D 630 US32D Satin stainless steel Stainless steel
US32D-316 630-316 US32D-316 Satin stainless steel - 316 series Stainless steel - 316
US32D 654 --- Satin stainless steel Stainless steel
US32D-AM --- --- Satin stainless, antimicrobial coating Stainless steel
Z605 677 US3 Bright brass, clear coat Zinc
678 678 US4 Satin brass, clear coat Zinc
Z609 --- US5 Satin brass, blackened, satin relieved Zinc
Z613 704 US10B Dark bronze, oil rubbed Zinc
Z619 --- US15 Satin nickel, clear coat Zinc
Z625 681 US26 Bright chrome Zinc
682 --- US26D Satin chrome Zinc
Z-643E/716 --- --- Aged bronze, blackened, edge relieved Zinc
Z-BLK --- --- Matte black Zinc
Z-W --- --- White Zinc
CLR --- --- Clear Plastic
BLK --- --- Matte black Rubber or plastic
WHT --- --- White Rubber or plastic
GRY --- --- Grey Rubber
TAN --- --- Ta n Rubber
Ives Architectural hardware products
vi
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Packaging, Handing
Packaging key
Many Ives items are available in a variety of packaging forms designated by a prefix. The Ives Price Book
contains the specific packaging options for each Ives product. Below is a description of these options.
Symbol Description of package
SP Slim-Pak
Door handing
LH INSIDE RH
Left hand Right hand
LHR
Left hand
reverse
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
RHR
Right hand
reverse
A1
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A1
Architectural hinges, continuous hinges and pivots
Table of contents
Architectural hinges
General hinge information ....................................................................................................... A2
Electrification options ..............................................................................................................A3
How to order: ..............................................................................................................................A4
3PB1 3 Knuckle, plain bearing full mortise hinge ................................................................A5
3CB1 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing full mortise hinge ..................................................... A6
3CB1HW 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing, heavy weight full mortise hinge ....................A7
3CB1WT 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing, wide throw full mortise hinge ........................ A8
3SP1 3 Knuckle, spring full mortise hinge ............................................................................ A9
5PB1 5 Knuckle, plain bearing full mortise hinge .............................................................A10
5BB1 5 Knuckle, ball bearing full mortise hinge ................................................................. A11
5BB1HW 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, heavy weight full mortise hinge .............................. A12
5BB1WT 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, wide throw full mortise hinge .................................. A13
5BB1SC 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, swing clear full mortise hinge ....................................A14
5BB1BSC 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, beveled swing clear full mortise hinge..................A14
5BB1SCHW 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, swing clear,heavy weight full mortise hinge ... A15
5BB1BSCHW
5 Knuckle, ball bearing, beveled swing clear,
heavy weight full mortise hinge .........................................................................................A15
1000 Series Residential hinges .............................................................................................A16
Continuous hinges
Aluminum geared hinges
General hinge information .....................................................................................................A18
Mounting hardware .................................................................................................................A19
Electrification options ...........................................................................................................A20
How to order ............................................................................................................................. A21
Clearance requirements ........................................................................................................ A22
026XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf ............................................... A23
027XY Full mortise - wide door leaf ................................................................................... A24
040XY Full mortise - wide throw ........................................................................................ A25
041XY Full mortise - swing clear ......................................................................................... A26
045XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf ...............................................A27
046XY Half surface - wide door leaf .................................................................................. A28
053XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, narrow door leaf .......................................... A29
054XY Half surface - narrow door leaf ..............................................................................A30
112HD Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf ............................................................. A31
112XY Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf ............................................................ A32
114XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, door edge protector....................................... A33
157XY Full surface .................................................................................................................. A34
210XY Full surface - swing clear .......................................................................................... A35
224HD Full mortise - door edge protector ........................................................................ A36
224XY Full mortise - door edge protector .........................................................................A37
Pin and barrel hinges
General hinge information .................................................................................................... A38
Mounting hardware ................................................................................................................ A39
Electrification options ...........................................................................................................A40
How to order ............................................................................................................................. A41
Clearance requirements ........................................................................................................ A42
600 Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel ............................................. A43
700 Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel ............................ A43
700CS Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge w/ decorative cover ...............A44
602 Full surface pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel .............................................. A45
702 Full surface pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel ............................. A45
705 Full mortise, full wrap pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel .......... A46
611 Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel ................................................ A47
711 Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel................................ A47
711CS Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge w/ decorative cover ...................A48
715 Full mortise, half wrap pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel .......... A49
715CS Full mortise, half wrap pin and barrel continuous
hinge w/ decorative cover ................................................................................................A50
Pivots
General information ............................................................................................................... A52
How to order ............................................................................................................................ A53
7212 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top header mount .................................................. A54
7212V 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top jamb mount ................................................... A54
7215 3/4" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount .................................................. A55
7215F 3/4" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount, fire rated............................. A55
7222 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top header mount and bottom base mount ..A56
7226 3/4" Offset pivot, 600lb with top header mount and bottom base mount ...A57
7226F 3/4" Offset pivot, 600lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated ..................................................................................................................A57
7227 3/4" Offset pivot, 700lb with top header mount and bottom base mount ... A58
7227F 3/4" Offset pivot, 700lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated ................................................................................................................. A58
7230F 3/4" Offset pivot, 1000lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated ................................................................................................................. A59
7237F 3/4" Offset pivot, 1750lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated .................................................................................................................A60
7244F 1 1/2" Offset pivot, 400lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated .................................................................................................................. A61
7245F 1 1/2" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated ................................................................................................................. A62
7212-7212V-7222 INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot .................................................... A63
7215-7226-7227 INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot ......................................................A64
7215F-7226F-7227F INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated ............................A64
7230F-7237F INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated........................................A65
7244F-7245F INT 1 1/2" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated ......................................A65
7215PT-7226PT-7227PT INT 3/4" Offset power transfer intermediate pivot ........ A66
7253 Center hung pivot, 300lb with bottom base mount ............................................ A67
7255 Center hung pivot, 500lb with bottom base mount ...........................................A68
7255J Center hung pivot, 500lb with bottom jamb mount .......................................... A69
7256 Center hung pivot, 600lb with bottom base mount ............................................ A70
7259 Center hung pivot, 1000lb with bottom base mount ............................................A71
91105F Pocket pivot/hinge, fire rated .................................................................................A72
E91105F Pocket pivot/hinge, power transfer, fire rated .................................................A73
Ives Architectural hardware products
A2
A2
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
Selection of the proper weight and bearing type
Standard weight ......... Plain bearing
Standard weight ......... Ball bearing, concealed bearing
Heavy weight ................ Ball bearing, concealed bearing
Considerations to determine weight and bearing type:
Weight of door
Frequency of use
Frame
Door hardware
Always use ball bearing or concealed bearing hinges for doors with
door closers and in all fire rated openings. Heavy weight doors and
high frequency doors should use heavy weight ball bearing or con-
cealed bearing hinges.
Guidelines for hinge metal
Interior door or non-corrosive area use: plated or painted steel
Interior labeled door use: plated or painted steel, stainless steel
Interior door in corrosive area use: stainless steel , brass, bronze
Exterior doors use: Stainless steel, brass, bronze
Standard pin material are brass hinge – steel pin,
Stainless steel hinge – stainless steel pin, steel hinge – steel pin
Considerations to determine hinge size
Door width
Door thickness
Weight
Clearance
Guidelines for hinge height
Door thickness Door width Hinge height
In inches In inches In inches
1-3/8” Up to 32” 3-1/2
1-3/8 32” to 37” 4”
1-3/4 Up to 36” 4-1/2”
1-3/4 36” to 48” 5”
1-3/4 Over 48” 6”
2” - 2-1/2” Up to 42” 5” heavy weight
2” - 2-1/2” Over 42” 6” heavy weight
General hinge information
ANSI/BHMA Grade/minimum cycle requirements
Grade 1: 2,500,000 Heavy Weight Ball & Concealed Bearing
Grade 2: 1,500,000 Standard Weight Ball & Concealed Bearing
Grade 3: 350,000 Light Weight Plain Bearing
Guidelines for frequency of door usage:
Build type Daily usage Hinge type
High frequency/ Heavy weight door
Large department store entrance 5,000 Heavy weight
Hospital corridor and surgical doors 5,000 Heavy weight
Large oce building entrance 4,000 Heavy weight
School entrance 1,250 Heavy weight
School toilet door 1,250 Heavy weight
Oce stairwell 500 Heavy weight
Oce building toilet door 400 Heavy weight
Medium frequency/ Medium weight door
School corridor door 100 Standard weight
Hospital consultation rooms 100 Standard weight
Oce building corridor door 80 Standard weight
Store toilet door 60 Standard weight
Storage room 50 Standard weight
Low frequency /Light door
Residential entrance 30 Plain bearing
Interior residential 20 Plain bearing
Clearance requirement*
Door thickness Clearance needed Hinge open width
1-3/8 3/4 4
1-3/4 1 4
1-3/4 1-1/2 4-1/2
1-3/4 2 5
1-3/4 3 6
2 1 4-1/2
21-1/2 5
22-1/2 6
2-1/4 1 5
2-1/4 2 6
2-1/2 3/4 5
2-1/2 1-3/4 6
33/4 8
32-3/4 8
* Distance needed between wall and door at 180° to allow for any projections from
wall; trim, decorative molding, etc. Consult factory technical service for engineered
special applications
Guidelines for number of hinges
Doors under 7'6" ........... 3 hinges
Doors over 7'6" .............. 4 hinges
Location of hinges
Top hinge 5" from jamb
rabbet to top of barrel
Bottom hinge 10" from
bottom edge of barrel to
finished floor
Third hinge centered between
top and bottom hinges
Note: Consult door manufacturer
for other hinge locations
Equal
10"
(254mm)
5"
(127mm)
A3
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A3
Architectural hinges
Electrical through-wire
(TW4 and TW8)
Provides electric power transfer from
the frame to the door in order to
supply power to an electrified mortise
or cylindrical locks, exit devices with
electric latch retraction, and/or electric
strikes (pairs of doors). Through-
wire is rated 50 volts AC/DC at 3.5
amp continuous and 16 amp pulse.
Maximum pulse 400 milliseconds. Ives
through-wire hinges are fully compatible with 4 wire(TW4) and
8 wire (TW8) installations. Available CON option comes with
the Allegion Connect 8-pin Connector which makes it easy to
connect to other electrical consumption devices.
UL634 Listed
Not available 3PB1, 3SP1, and 5PB1 models
Not available on 3.5 x 3.5 size hinges
Not available with security stud (SH) option
Packaged one hinge per box with standard wood and
machine screws
Hinge is NRP as a standard
High quality brass ferrules and plastic tubing protect the wires
Through-wire hinges cycle tested to ensure durability
Special wire gauge, number, and color configurations
available, contact factory
Electrical Monitor (MON, TW4M,TW8M)
Provides door position monitoring. Monitor is rated 30 volts
AC/DC at 0.5 amp. Fully compatible with through-wire hinges
with 4 wire(TW4M) and 8 wire (TW8M) installations. Available
CON option comes with the Allegion Connect 8-pin Connector
which makes it easy to connect to other electrical consumption
devices.
UL634 Listed
Not available 3PB1, 3SP1, and 5PB1 models
Not available on 3.5 x 3.5 and 4X4 size hinges
Not available with security stud (SH) option
Packaged one hinge per box with standard wood and
machine screws
Hinge is NRP as a standard
High quality brass ferrules and plastic tubing protect the wires
Through-wire hinges cycle tested to ensure durability
Special wire gauge, number, and color configurations
available, contact factory
General information - electrification options
Ives Architectural hardware products
A4
A4
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
Ives Hinge number system
Please note: For availability of specific models, please refer to the item’s catalog page or consult Customer Service.
How to order:
5 - BB -1-HW -SH -4.5x4.5 - 652 -NRP
Number of knuckles:
33 Knuckle
55 Knuckle
Function:
PB Plain bearing
BB Ball bearing
CB Concealed bearing
SP Spring Hinge
Type:
1Full mortise
2Half mortise
3Full surface
4Half surface
Weight / Type:
Blank Standard weight(BHMA Grade 2)
HW Heavy weight(BHMA Grade 1)
SC Swing clear
BSC Beveled swing clear
SCHW Swing clear, heavy weight
BSCHW Beveled swing clear, heavy weight
WT Wide throw
Options:
HT Hospital tip
SH Security stud (includes NRP as a standard oering)
Height xWidth
3.5 x3.5
4 x 4
4.5 x4, 4.5, 5, 6
5 x 4.5, 5, 6, 7
Consult model page for availability.
Finish
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716
Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Options 2
NRP Non-removable pin
RC-1/4 Rounded corners 1/4"
RC-5/8 Rounded corners 5/8"
SEC Security screws (hollow metal - hex head pin in socket)
TW4 Thru-wire - four wire
TW8 Thru-wire - eight wire
MON Monitor
TW4M Thru-wire - four wire with monitor
TW8M Thru-wire - eight wire with monitor
CON Allegion connect for wire options above
A5
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A5
Architectural hinges
3PB1 3 Knuckle, plain bearing full mortise hinge
Recommended for standard weight doors
Recommended for low frequency usage
Not recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
10-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 10 x 1 FPHWS (3.5x3.5 hinge size only)
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304
series stainless steel
Options
NRP ...............Non-removable pin
HT .................Hospital tip
SH ................. Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ....Rounded corners
SEC ............... Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
3.5 x 3.5 89 x 89 0.123
4 x 4 102 x 102 0.130
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.134
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.134
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
3PB1 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A6
A6
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
3CB1 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing full mortise hinge
Recommended for medium weight doors (<150 lbs)
Recommended for medium frequency usage (<400 cycles per day)
Made with two concealed nylon bearings
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
10-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 10 x 1 FPHWS (3.5x3.5 hinge size only)
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
UL Classified for windstorm rated
assemblies - R37965
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304
series stainless steel
Options
NRP ..............Non-removable pin
HT ................Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 .............Four wire
TW4M ...........Four wire with monitor
TW8 .............Eight wire
W8M .............Eight wire with monitor
MON. ............. Monitor (not available
on 3.5X3.5)
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
3.5 x 3.5 89 x 89 0.123
4 x 4 102 x 102 0.130
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.134
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.134
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.146
5 x 5 127 x 127 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
3CB1 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A7
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A7
Architectural hinges
3CB1HW Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
3CB1HW 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing, heavy weight full mortise hinge
Recommended for heavier weight doors (>150 lbs)
Recommended for high frequency usage (400 cycles per day)
Made with two heavy duty concealed nylon bearings
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template hinge
dimensions
UL Classified for windstorm rated
assemblies - R37965
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304 series
stainless steel
Options
NRP ...............Non-removable pin
HT. ................Hospital tip
SH ................. Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ....Rounded corners
SEC ............... Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4. .............. Four wire
TW4M. ............ Four wire with monitor
TW8. .............. Eight wire
TW8M ............ Eight wire with monitor
MON. .............. Monitor
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.180
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.180
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.190
5 x 5 127 x 127 0.190
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
Ives Architectural hardware products
A8
A8
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
3CB1WT 3 Knuckle, concealed bearing, wide throw full mortise hinge
Recommended for medium weight doors (<150 lbs)
Recommended for medium frequency usage (<400 cycles per day)
Made with two concealed nylon bearings
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
1040 steel
Options
NRP ..............Non-removable pin
HT ................Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 .............Four wire
TW4M ...........Four wire with monitor
TW8 .............Eight wire
TW8M ...........Eight wire with monitor
MON .............Monitor
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 x 5 114 x 127 0.134
4.5 x 6 114 x 152 0.134
5 x 6 127 x 152 0.146
5 x 7 127 x 178 0.146
5 x 8 127 x 203 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
3CB1WT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A9
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A9
Architectural hinges
3SP1 3 Knuckle, spring full mortise hinge
For use with doors where self-closing is required
Maximum door weight 120 lbs, max door width 36"
Maximum labeled door size - 3'0" wide x 7'0" x 1 3/4" thick as set in NFPA #80
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and half metal / half wood applications
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Pin for setting spring tension
Adjusting wrench
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
UL listed for use with fire rated doors
Material substrate
Made from 1040 steel or 304 series
stainless steel
Options
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
4 x 4 102 x 102 0.130
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.134
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.134
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application.
3SP1 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A10
A10
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
5PB1 5 Knuckle, plain bearing full mortise hinge
Recommended for standard weight doors
Recommended for low frequency usage
Not recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
10-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 10 x 1 FPHWS (3.5x3.5 hinge size only)
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304
series stainless steel
Options
NRP ..............Non-removable pin
HT ................Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners - pin-in-
socket
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
3.5 x 3.5 89 x 89 0.123
4 x 4 102 x 102 0.130
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.134
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.134
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
5PB1 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A11
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A11
Architectural hinges
5BB1 5 Knuckle, ball bearing full mortise hinge
Recommended for medium weight doors (<150 lbs)
Recommended for medium frequency usage (<400 cycles per day)
Made with two ball bearing assemblies
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
10-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 10 x 1 FPHWS (3.5x3.5 hinge size only)
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
UL Classified for windstorm rated
assemblies - R37965
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304
series stainless steel
Options
NRP ..............Non-removable pin
HT ................Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 .............Four wire
TW4M ...........Four wire with monitor
TW8 .............Eight wire
TW8M ...........Eight wire with monitor
MON ............. Monitor (not available
on 3.5X3.5)
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
3.5 x 3.5 89 x 89 0.123
4 x 4 102 x 102 0.130
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.134
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.134
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.146
5 x 5 127 x 127 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
5BB1 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A12
A12
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
5BB1HW 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, heavy weight full mortise hinge
Recommended for heavier weight doors (>150 lbs)
Recommended for high frequency usage (400 cycles per day)
Made with four ball bearing assemblies
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
UL Classified for windstorm rated
assemblies - R37965
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, 1040 steel, or 304
series stainless steel
Options
NRP .............. Non-removable pin
HT ................ Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ... Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 .............Four wire
TW4M ...........Four wire with monitor
TW8 .............Eight wire
TW8M ........... Eight wire with monitor
MON .............Monitor
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 x 4 114 x 102 0.180
4.5 x 4.5 114 x 114 0.180
5 x 4.5 127 x 114 0.190
5 x 5 127 x 127 0.190
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
5BB1HW Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
614 Oxidized bronze Brass US10A
616 Blackened bronze Brass US11
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A13
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A13
Architectural hinges
5BB1WT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
5BB1WT 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, wide throw full mortise hinge
Recommended for medium weight doors (<150 lbs)
Recommended for medium frequency usage (<400 cycles per day)
Made with two ball bearing assemblies
Recommended for use with a door closer
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
1040 steel
Options
NRP ..............Non-removable pin
HT ................Hospital tip
SH ................ Security stud - comes
standard with NRP
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ...Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 .............Four wire
TW4M ........... Four wire with monitor
TW8 .............Eight wire
TW8M ........... Eight wire with monitor
MON. .............Monitor
Dimensions
Height x Width Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 x 5 114 x 127 0.134
4.5 x 6 114 x 152 0.134
5 x 6 127 x 152 0.146
5 x 7 127 x 178 0.146
5 x 8 127 x 203 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
Ives Architectural hardware products
A14
A14
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.1
A8122 – Steel
A5122 – Stainless Steel
A2122 – Brass
5BB1SC 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, swing clear full mortise hinge
5BB1BSC 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, beveled swing clear full mortise hinge
Designed to completely clear the opening when door is opened 92°
.
Recommended for use in ADA door opening applications
5BB1SC made for square edge doors
5BB1BSC made for beveled edge doors
Recommended for medium weight doors (<150 lbs)
Recommended for medium frequency usage (<400 cycles per day)
Made with two ball bearing assemblies
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
Made from 1040 steel or 304 series
stainless steel
Options
NRP .............. Non-removable pin
HT ................ Hospital tip
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ... Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 ............. Four wire
TW4M ........... Four wire with monitor
TW8 ............. Eight wire
TW8M ........... Eight wire with monitor
MON ............. Monitor
Dimensions
Height Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 114 0.134
5127 0.146
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
5BB1SC Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A15
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A15
Architectural hinges
5BB1SCHW 5 Knuckle, ball bearing, swing clear,heavy weight full mortise hinge
5BB1BSCHW
5 Knuckle, ball bearing, beveled swing clear, heavy weight full mortise hinge
Designed to completely clear the opening when door is opened 92°
.
Recommended for use in ADA door opening applications
5BB1SCHW made for square edge doors
5BB1BSCHW made for beveled edge doors
Recommended for heavier weight doors (>150 lbs)
Recommended for high frequency usage (400 cycles per day)
Made with four ball bearing assemblies
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal and wood doors
12-24 x 1/2 UFPHMS, 12 x 1 1/4 FPHWS
Certifications
Certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.1 for
performance standards
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.7 for template
hinge dimensions
Material substrate
Made from 1040 steel or 304 series
stainless steel
Options
NRP. .............. Non-removable pin
HT ................ Hospital tip
RC-1/4, RC-5/8 ... Rounded corners
SEC .............. Security fasteners -
pin-in-socket
TW4 ............. Four wire
TW4M ........... Four wire with monitor
TW8 ............. Eight wire
TW8M ........... Eight wire with monitor
MON ............. Monitor
Dimensions
Height Size (mm) Gauge
4.5 114 0.180
5127 0.190
Refer to General Hinge Information page to determine proper hinge for application
5BB1SCHW Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Steel USP
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
641 Oxidized bronze Steel US10A
643 Blackened bronze Steel US11
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A16
A16
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural hinges
1000 Series Residential hinges
3.5 x 3.5 or 4 x 4 plain bearing hinges
Button non-rising pins and caps
Recommended for doors weighing less than 70 lbs and not exceeding 3'0" x 7'0"
Recommended for low frequency, residential applications
Not recommended for use with a door closer
For metal door applications see 3PB1 and 5PB1 models
Available with rounded (1/4" or 5/8") or square corners
Packed with fasteners for wood doors
#9 x 1 FPHWS
Material substrate
Made from 1040 steel
1010 1011
1020 1012
1021
Dimensions
Model Height x Width (in) Corner
1010 3.5 x 3.5 Square
1011 3.5 x 3.5 5/8" Radius
1012 3.5 x 3.5 1/4" Radius
1020 4 x 4 Square
1021 4 x 4 5/8" Radius
5BB1HW Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
631 Matte black Steel F-622E
632* Bright brass Steel F-605E
646 Satin nickel Steel F-619E
651 Bright chrome Steel F-625E
652 Satin chrome Steel F-626E
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-716E
* Only available on 1011 model. For other colors, consult factory.
A17
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A17
Continuous hinges
Ives Continuous Hinges are designed to last the life of the building. The unique design distributes the weight of the door along the entire
length of the frame, reducing the high amount of stress normally associated at top of door and frame on butt hinge applications.
Not only does this reduce hinge failure, it also keeps your door in constant alignment, greatly reducing the chance of door sag. These
characteristics make continuous hinges suitable for high use/high traffic doors.
The design of a continuous hinge eliminates the gap between the door and the frame. The absence of gap also helps prevents finger
from being pinched, making it a safer device than traditional hinges. These benefits result in higher efficiency and less maintenance,
maximizing the value of your opening investment.
Continuous hinges are available in two styles; aluminum geared and pin and barrel in steel or stainless steel.
Aluminum geared
Geared continuous hinges utilize a single gear section for the leaf and a
separate gear section for the frame side of the door. The two are held
in place together by a full length cover channel and rotate on a series of
bearings.
Ives provides two unique series of bearing designs. The HD model features
a spread bearing design for lighter weight doors. The XY features a center
load bearing design to help reduce frame issues and also has an available
hospital tip cap and electric through wire panel with a continuous cover.
Pin and barrel
Pin and Barrel hinges share many of the same characteristics of a
traditional hinge. Both have a center pin and rolled knuckles. However, a
continuous Pin and Barrel hinge stretches along the entire length of the
frame. IVES offers both stainless steel and primed steel to best match your
specific application.
Ives also offers the CS series pin and barrel hinges which provides a
patented solution that brings the clean aesthetic design of aluminum
geared continuous hinge to the ruggedness and safety afforded by stainless
pin and barrel continuous hinges.
4 / 3 - 1
2 / 1
s s e n k c i h T e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
4/ 1
6 1 / 1
4/ 1- 2
8 / 1
8 / 3
007 ,006 ,005 sevI
7/32" [5.6] HINGE ALLOWANCE
2" [50.8]
GA 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
GA. 0.060"
[1.5]
DOOR
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G
] 6 . 1 [ " 6 1 / 1
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 6 1 / 1 1
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
FRAME
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
" 8 / 1
] 5 . 9 [
] 7 . 2 1 [ " 2 / 1
] 5 . 5 5 [ " 6 1 / 3 2
" 8 / 5
] 9 . 5 1 [
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
" 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
HINGE
4 / 3 - 1
8 / 3
2 3 / 5
4 / 3
e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
s s e n k c i h T
4 / 1
8 / 3 - 1
16
/9-1
117 ,116 sevI
5/32" [4.0] HINGE ALLOWANCE
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G " 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 4 / 3 1
HINGE
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
0.750"
[19.0]
5/16"
[7.9]
GA. 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
1/2"
[12.7]
9/16"
[14.3]
1 3/8" [34.9]
2" [50.8]
" 4 / 1
] 4 . 6 [
FRAME DOOR
GA. 0.060"
[1.5]
Lifetime warranty
Ives continuous hinges carry a limited lifetime warranty, ensuring your opening will function to your satisfaction every time.
Please refer to the price book for more detailed warranty information.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A18
A18
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
ANSI Certified
All Ives Aluminum geared hinges are certified to ANSI 156.26,
Grade 1
XY Models .........Grade 1 150lb and 300lb door test
HD Models ........Grade 1 150lb door test
UL Listed
All Ives Aluminum geared hinges are tested and approved UL
10C (90 minutes).
Material
6063-T6 Aluminum
Hinge duty
All Ives Aluminum geared hinges are heavy duty(XY and HD
models)
XY Models:
Rounded gear design for extended life and smoother
operation.
Patented, center loaded, interlocking bearing design which
helps handle the opening and closing of the door better over
time. All sizes have 37 Bearings.
XY Mounting Slot Adjustability on all full and half surface
models to help with installation.
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications
to cover existing heavy weight architectural hinge preps.
Improved aesthetics with a curved, articulating cover design
which eliminates pinch points
HD Models
Features transmission gear design with bearings that are evenly
spaced every 3" on center - Amount of bearings varies by size
- 83" .......32 Bearings
- 85" .......32 Bearings
- 95" .......36 Bearings
- 120" ......47 Bearings
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"(XY Models), 120"(HD Models) Custom
lengths available up to 119", consult factory. Handing required for
224HD
Field modifications
Ives Aluminum geared continuous hinges can be cut to length
from both ends during installation.
XY Models
The unique mounting pattern of the XY hinge allows it to be cut
down to 69" while still having double row fastners regardless of
the original length of the hinge. Requires the hinge to be cut from
both ends. Example: A 119" hinge can have 25" removed from
each end to make it a 69" long hinge.
HD Models
The unique mounting pattern allows to cut up to 6" from bottom
while still having double row fasteners. If cut more than 13.5",
other modifications may be necessary.
Door weight
For doors up to 200 lbs, no door reinforcement is required. For
doors between 200 and 450 lbs a 16 gauge channel in the frame
is required. For doors up to 600 lb, rivet nuts are required in the
frame in addition to the frame reinforcement. Max door width of
4'0".
Hospital tips
Hospital tip (HT) for XY models
The new XY models features a new ligature resistant and tamper
resistant Hospital Tip Cap. The new design provides a single
uniform 45° angle surface with no exposed edges or openings.
Hospital tips (HT) for HD models
The standard hospital tip option includes an angle machined
channel cover and bearing to provide a flush angled surface.
Recommended for HT retrofit applications only.
General hinge information
HD Model
XY Model -
Slot Adjustability XY Model - Bearings
Finishes
BHMA US Description Base
Material
628 US28 Clear aluminum anodized Aluminum
710 313AN Dark bronze anodized Aluminum
Custom finishes available, consult factory.
A19
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A19
Aluminum geared hinges
Mounting hardware
Standard hardware
Full mortise hinges 12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Half surface hinges
Includes 210XY
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
Full surface hinges
157XY Only
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
Security screws - Hollow metal door and frame (SEC/HM)
Full mortise hinges 12-24 X 1/2" Stainless steel socket security screw
112HD and 224HD only
Available as accessory parts kit for full mortise XY hinges (026XY, 027XY, 040XY, 041XY, 112XY, 114XY, 224XY)
Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal (SEC/WD/HM)
Full Mortise Hinges
112HD and 224HD only
12-24 X 1/2" Stainless steel socket security screw
12 X 1 1/4" Stainless steel socket security wood screw
Available as accessory parts kit for full mortise XY hinges (026XY, 027XY, 040XY, 041XY, 112XY, 114XY, 224XY)
1/2 Self drill, self tap / 1/2 wood (TEK/WD)
Full mortise hinges 12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw 12 x 1 1/4" Phillips head wood screw
Half surface hinges 12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw 1/4 x 1 1/2" Hex head lag screw
Full surface hinges 12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw 1/4 x 1 1/2" Hex head lag screw
Wood door and frame (WD)
Full mortise hinges 12 x 1 1/4" Phillips head wood screw
Half surface hinges
Includes 210XY
12 x 1 1/4" Phillips head wood screw
1/4 x 1 1/2" Hex head lag screw
Full surface hinges
157XY only
1/4 x 1 1/2" Hex head lag screw
Thread forming (TF)
Full mortise hinges 12-24 x 3/4" Steel thread forming phillips head screw
112HD and 224HD only
Available as accessory parts kit for full mortise XY hinges (026XY, 027XY, 040XY, 041XY, 112XY, 114XY, 224XY)
Ives Architectural hardware products
A20
A20
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
Electric power transfer (EPT)
availabile on HD and XY models
Electric power transfer provides the most secure and best
solution for transferring power from the door frame to the edge
of a swinging door. Ives Continuous Hinges provide standard
cut outs to fit Von Duprin EPT-2, EPT-10 and PNT-1 devices.
Consult factory for other electrical cut out options. Door handing
is required.
*NEW* Electrical through-wire panel with
Allegion Connect (TWP CON) (XY models only)
The most secure and best solution for powering your door. The
redesigned XY Through-Wire Panel is heavy duty and easy-to-
install. Hinge consists of single piece cover design for improved
aesthetics and three sections with a standard bottom length
and through wire panel location. The panel can quickly slip in
and out of the the hinge for maintenance and replacement.
Unlike all of the other manufacturer solutions, the XY through-
wire panel maintains a one piece appearance on the cover side
of the hinge. The new wire design features a teflon coated wire
which greatly improves performance and durability. The new
panel also comes standard with the Allegion Connect 8-pin
Connector which makes it easy to connect to other electrical
consumption devices. Warrantied for up to 5 years. Door
handing is required.
Provides electric power transfer from the frame to the door
in order to supply power to an electrified mortise or cylidrical
locks, exit devices with electric latch retraction, and/or electric
strikes (pairs of doors). Through-wire is rated 50 volts AC/DC
at 3.5 amp continuous and 16 amp pulse. Maximum pulse 400
milliseconds. Ives through-wire hinges are fully compatible with
4 wire and 8 wire installations.
General information - electrification options
Electrical cutouts
Ives aluminum continuous hinges are available with factory
modified cutouts to accommodate most electrical frame to
door requirements. Special templates are required.
When ordering indicate the following:
1. Opening size.
2. Handing. LH, RH, LHR or RHR.
3. Manufacturer and model number of the electrical product
being used. Example; Von Duprin ETPT2
Because clearances may vary between door and frame
manufacturer, and locations can be influenced by the door
hardware it is always recommend contacting Ives Customer
Technical for specific template information.
Below are standard locations for Von Duprin EPT2 or EPT10,
and monitor switch.
In accordance with industry standards, all cutouts are made
from top edge of door to center line of cut-out
Standard Length HD XY XY
EPT EPT TWP CON
83" 30" 30" 43.5"
85" 32" 32" 45.5"
95" 42" 42" 55.5"
119" (XY) 66" 79.5"
120" (HD) 67"
XY TWP CON is located 39.5 inches from bottom of the hinge. Consult factory for TWP locations on custom length hinges.
Note: See ordering guide in price book for proper placement.
EPT 112HD TWP XY Series
A21
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A21
Aluminum geared hinges
How to order
112XY HT US28 83 TWP CON
Model
026XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf
027XY Full mortise - wide door leaf
040XY Full mortise - wide throw
041XY Full mortise - swing clear
045XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf
046XY Half surface - wide door leaf
053XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, narrow door leaf
054XY Half surface - narrow door leaf
112XY Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf
112HD Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf
114XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, door edge protector
157XY Full surface - center pivot
210XY Full surface - swing clear
224XY Full mortise - door edge protector
224HD Full mortise - door edge protector
Option 1
HT Hospital tip (XY models only)
(Only available on 026XY, 027XY, 040XY, 112XY, 114XY, 224XY )
Finish
US28 Clear Anodized Aluminum
313AN Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum
315AN Black Anodized Aluminum (XY only)
Custom finishes available, consult factory.
Length
83"
85"
95"
119"(XY) / 120"(HD)
Custom lengths available up to 119", consult factory. When specifying length, handing required.
Option 2
EPT Electric power transfer prep
(Only available on 026XY, 027XY, 112HD, 112XY, 114XY, 224HD, 224XY )
Handing (LH and RH) Required for 026, 027, 114, and 224 models
TWP CON Through Wire Panel with Allegion Connect Standard
(Only Available on 026XY, 027XY, 112XY, 114XY, 224XY )
SECHM Security fasteners - pin-in-socket
SECWDHM Security fasteners - pin-in-socket (half wood, half hollow metal)
SECWDWD Security fasteners - pin-in-socket (wood door and frame)
WD Wood door fasteners
TEKWD Half thread forming, half wood
TF Thread forming screws (pilot hole required)
(Only available with 112HD and 224HD)
TFWD Half thread forming, half wood
Ives Architectural hardware products
A22
A22
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/32”
Frame
Irre
g
ularity
1/8” Hinge
Side
Clearance
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/16”
Frame
Irre
g
ularity
3/16”
Single door
Door under-sizing
Model
Hinge-side
clearance
Lock-side
clearance
Frame
irregularity
Beveled door
clearance
Square
edged Beveled edge
026XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
027XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
040XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
041XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
045XY 5/32" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 5/16" 11/32"
046XY 5/32" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 5/16" 11/32"
053XY 5/32" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 5/16" 11/32"
054XY 5/32" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 5/16" 11/32"
112HD 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
112XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
114XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
157XY 1/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 7/32" 1/4"
210XY 1/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 7/32" 1/4"
224HD 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
224XY 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
Pair of doors
Door under-sizing
Model
Hinge-side
clearance
(2 doors)
Lock-side
clearance
Frame
irregularity
(2 doors)
Beveled door
clearance
(2 doors)
Square
edge total
Square edge
each door
Beveled edge
total
Beveled edge
each door
026XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
027XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
040XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 1 6" 15/16" 15/32"
041XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
045XY 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 9/16" 9/32" 5/8" 5/16"
046XY 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 9/16" 9/32" 5/8" 5/16"
053XY 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 9/16" 9/32" 5/8" 5/16"
054XY 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 9/16" 9/32" 5/8" 5/16"
112HD 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 1 6" 15/16" 15/32"
112XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 1 6" 15/16" 15/32"
114XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8 " 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
157XY 1/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/8" 3/16" 7/ 16" 7/32"
210XY 1/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/8" 3/16" 7/ 1 6" 7/32"
224HD 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8 " 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
224XY 5/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
Templates and installation instructions available on line at www.allegion.com/us
Clearance requirements
Consult your local authority having jurisdiction for specific fire codes relating to fire rated doors.
The table below is only recommended for non fire related doors.
A23
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A23
Aluminum geared hinges
026XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf
Wide door leaf for 2" and 2 1/4" doors
Recommended for gasketing and weatherstripping applications
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non handed for custom cut lengths
3/32" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps.
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing.
600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware:
TEKWD ..........1/2 Self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
1 7/8"2 3
2 11/16"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
Ives Architectural hardware products
A24
A24
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
1 7/8"2 3
2 11/16"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
027XY Full mortise - wide door leaf
Wide door leaf for 2" and 2 1/4" doors
Recommended for gasketing and weatherstripping applications
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non handed for custom cut lengths
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with allegion connect
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A25
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A25
Aluminum geared hinges
1 1/8"
1 11/16"
1 19/32"
3 1/4
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
040XY Full mortise - wide throw
Wide throw for 1 3/4" doors
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non handed for custom cut lengths
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A26
A26
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
2 31/32"
2 5/32" req’d
for rotation
1 7/8"1 25/32"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
041XY Full mortise - swing clear
Swing clear for 1 3/4" doors
Installs easily on doors with 90° opening
Door edge protector
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non handed for custom cut lengths
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A27
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A27
Aluminum geared hinges
2 13/32"
1 9/16"
3"
2"
5/32" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/16" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
045XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, wide door leaf
Half surface for retrofit or new construction
Frame leaf depth 1-9/16"
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Pinch point between cover and door is eliminated
Non handed for custom cut lengths
9/32" door inset
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A28
A28
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
046XY Half surface - wide door leaf
Half surface for retrofit or new construction
Frame leaf depth 1-7/8"
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Pinch point between cover and door is eliminated
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
9/32" door inset
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
1 7/8"
2 11/16"
2"
3"
5/32" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/16" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
A29
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A29
Aluminum geared hinges
2 13/32"
2 1/32"
1"
1 9/16"
5/32" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/16" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
053XY Half surface - narrow frame leaf, narrow door leaf
Half surface for retrofit or new construction
Frame leaf depth 1-9/16"
Recommended for gasketing and weatherstripping applications
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Pinch point between cover and door is eliminated
Non handed for custom cut lengths
1/8" door inset
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN)
Custom Anodizing and Painting are available, consult factory
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A30
A30
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
1 7/8"
2 11/16"
2 1/32"
1"
5/32" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/16" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
054XY Half surface - narrow door leaf
Half surface for retrofit or new construction
Frame leaf depth 1-7/8"
Recommended for gasketing and weatherstripping applications
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Pinch point between cover and door is eliminated
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
1/8" door inset
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A31
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A31
Aluminum geared hinges
112HD Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf
For 1 3/4" doors
Spread bearing design
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard Mounting Hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TF ................Thread forming screws
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
1 9/16"
2 9/32"
Bevel Edge
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
Ives Architectural hardware products
A32
A32
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
112XY Full mortise - narrow frame and door leaf
For 1 3/4" doors
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
1 9/16"
2 5/16"
Bevel Edge
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
A33
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A33
Aluminum geared hinges
2 5/16"
2 9/16"
1 9/16"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
114XY Full mortise - narrow frame leaf, door edge protector
For 1 3/4" doors
Door edge protector
Recommended for gasketing and weatherstripping applications
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A34
A34
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
157XY Full surface
A patented easy-to-install, heavy duty, full surface continuous hinge
Narrow Frame
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Articulating cover design eliminates pinch point between center channel cover and door and
frame leaf covers
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
For doors weighing up to 550 lbs
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 1/2" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware:
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
3 3/16"
1 5/8"1 1/4"
7/8
"1
"
1/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
A35
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A35
Aluminum geared hinges
210XY Full surface - swing clear
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
XY (lateral and vertical) adjustability while hanging the door
Articulating cover design eliminates pinch point between center channel cover and door and
frame leaf covers
Non handed for custom cut lengths
1/32" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
For doors weighing up to 550 pounds
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping hex head screw
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
3 9/16"
1 15/16"
1 5/16"
1/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
3/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
Ives Architectural hardware products
A36
A36
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Aluminum geared hinges
2 5/8"
1 15/16"
2 19/32"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
224HD Full mortise - door edge protector
For 1 3/4" doors
Door edge protector
Spread bearing design
Non handed for custom cut lengths
1/16" Door Inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TF ................Thread forming screws
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A37
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A37
Aluminum geared hinges
2 11/16"
1 7/8"
2 9/16"
5/16" Clearance for Square Edge Door
11/32" Clearance for Beveled Edge Door
224XY Full mortise - door edge protector
For 1 3/4" doors
Door edge protector
Patented center loaded, interlocking bearing design
Non Handed for custom cut lengths
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Beveled or square edge doors
Frame guidance lip is extended further for retrofit applications to cover existing heavy weight
architectural hinge preps
For doors weighing up to 450 pounds without reinforcing, 600 pounds with reinforcing
For lead-lined application consult factory for engineering specials
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26 for 150lbs and 300lbs
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 119"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 x 3/4" Steel self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Finishes
Clear Anodized (US28), Dark Bronze Anodized (313AN), Black Anodized (315AN)
Custom anodizing and painting are available, consult factory.
Options:
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TWP CON ........Electrical through wire panel with Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware:
SECHM ...........Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . .Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ......Security screws - wood door and frame
TEKWD ..........1/2 self drill, self tap 1/2 wood
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A38
A38
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
Certifications
600 and 700 Series meets ANSI 156.26, Grade 1
HD Models, Grade 1, 150lb door test
CS Series models certified ANSI 156.26, Grade 1, 150lb door test
UL Listed
All Ives pin and barrel hinges are tested and approved
UL 10C (3 hr).
Material
600 Series 1012 Series, 14 Gauge cold-rolled steel
700, 702, 705, 711, 715 Series 304 Series, 14 Gauge stainless steel
CS Series 304 Series, 14 Gauge stainless steel body and
6063-T6 aluminum cover
Barrel Type
Standard series
The standard series pin and barrel continuous hinges features twin
self lubricated nylon bearings with a stainless steel pin.
CS Series
The CS Series is a heavy duty, easy-to-install, stainless steel pin and
barrel continuous hinge that can be used for fire applications and is
highly suitable for after-market or new construction situations. The
patented covers hide the unsightly pin and barrel of the standard
pin and barrel hinges, giving the CS Series continuous hinge a stylish
appearance to accompany heavy duty performance.
The CS Series includes medical grade, patented nylon winged
bearings. They also include the XY adjustability feature which allows
for better door alignment during installation.
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Custom lengths available up to 120", consult factory.
Handing required for 702, 705, 711, 715.
Field modifications
Ives pin and barrel continuous hinges can be cut to length
during installation.
Standard models
The unique mounting pattern allows to cut up to 6" from
bottom while still having double row fasteners. If cut more than
13.5", other modifications may be necessary.
CS Models
The unique mounting pattern of the XY hinge allows it to be cut
down to 69" while still having double row fasteners regardless
of the original length of the hinge.
Example: A 119" hinge can have 25" removed from each end to
make it a 69" long hinge.
Door weight
For doors up to 200 lbs, no door reinforcement is required. For
doors between 200 and 300 lbs, a 16 gauge channel in the
frame is required. For doors up to 600 lb (max door width
of 4'0"), rivet nuts are required in the frame in addition to the
frame reinforcement.
Hospital tips (HT) for standard models.
The standard hospital tip option includes an angle machined
channel cover and bearing to provide a flush angled surface.
General hinge information
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Series
600 Grey primer paint Steel USP
700, 702, 705, 711, 715 Series
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
700CS, 705CS, 711CS Series
441 Satin stainless anodized Aluminum US32DAN
600 Grey primer paint Aluminum USP
628 Clear aluminum anodized Aluminum US28
688 Satin brass anodized Aluminum US4AN
709 Satin bronze anodized Aluminum US10AN
710 Dark bronze anodized Aluminum 313AN
711 Black anodized Aluminum 315AN
712 Bright chrome anodized Aluminum US26AN
713 Satin chrome anodized Aluminum US26DAN
Custom finishes available, consult factory.
A39
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A39
Pin and barrel hinges
Mounting hardware
Standard Hardware
600/602/611/700/702/705/711/715 10 x 1/2" Stainless self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
10 x 1" Stainless phillips head wood screw ( 1/2 pkg for door or frame)
700CS/711CS/715CS 12-24 x 3/4" Stainless self drilling / self tapping phillips head screw
Security screws - hollow metal door and frame (SECHM)
600/700/602/702/705/611/711/715 10 X 1/2" Stainless steel Torx security screw
700CS/711CS/715CS 12-24 x 1/2" Stainless security head machine screw
Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal (SECWDHM)
600/700/602/702/705/611/711/715 10 X 1/2" Stainless steel Torx security screw
10 x 1" Stainless Torx security wood screw
Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal (SECWDWD)
600/700/602/702/705/611/711/715 10 x 1" Stainless Torx security wood screw
Wood door and frame (WD)
600/602/611/700/702/705/711/715 10 x 1" Stainless phillips head wood screw
700CS/711CS/715CS #12 x 1 1/4" Stainless sheet metal screw
Ives Architectural hardware products
A40
A40
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
General information - electrification options
Only available for the full mortise hinges
Top of door
600/700 600/700 TW
Top of door
“C EPT”
L
“C TW”
L
C = Center line
L
Electric power transfer (EPT) availabile on 600, 700,
705, 715, 700CS, 715CS models
Electric power transfer provides the most secure and best
solution for transferring power from the door frame to the edge
of a swinging door. Ives Pin and Barrel Hinges provide standard
cut outs to fit Von Duprin EPT- 2, EPT-10 and PNT-1 devices.
Consult factory for other electrical cut out options. Door handing
is required.
Electrical through-wire (TW8) for standard models
(600, 700, 705, 715) only
Recommended for low frequency usage. Provides electric
power transfer from the frame to the door cable in order to
supply power to an electrified mortise or cylidrical locks, exit
devices with electric latch retraction, and/or electric strikes
(pairs of doors). Through-wire is rated 50 volts AC/DC at 3.5
amp continuous and 16 amp pulse. Maximum pulse 400
milliseconds. Ives through-wire hinges are fully compatible
with 4 wire and 8 wire installations. Requires the door to be
torn down for maintenance. Available CON option comes with
the Allegion Connect 8-pin Connector which makes it easy to
connect to other electrical consumption devices.
Electrical through-wire panel with Allegion Connect
(TWP) (700CS models only)
The thru-wire panel solution works in the CS mortise hinge
to maintain the clean aesthetic design of aluminum geared
continuous hinges. Made with the same medical grade bearings
of Ives other pin and barrel hinges, the CS Series brings thru-
wire panel innovation to your continuous hinge application while
keeping its great looks.
The CS Series thru-wire panel is a heavy duty, easy-to-install,
stainless steel panel. Tested to 2.5 million cycles, the CS Series
panel can quickly slip in and out of the hinge for maintenance
and replacement.
Unlike all of the other manufacturer solutions the CS Series
thru-wire panel maintains a one piece appearance on the cover
side of the hinge. It installs with the same 5/16" clearance as
aluminum geared hinges and works in all of the decorative cover
finishes.
Provides electric power transfer from the frame to the door in
order to supply power to an electrified mortise or cylindrical
locks, exit devices with electric latch retraction, and/or electric
strikes (pairs of doors). Thru-wire panel is rated 50 volts AC/DC
at 3.5 amp continuous and 16 amp pulse. Maximum pulse 400
milliseconds. Ives through-wire hinges are fully compatible with
4 wire and 8 wire installations. Available CON option comes
with the Allegion Connect 8-pin Connector which makes it easy
to connect to other electrical consumption devices.
Electrical Cutouts
Ives Pin & Barrel Continuous Hinges are available with factory
modified cutouts to accommodate most electrical frame to
door requirements. Special templates are required.
When ordering indicate the following:
1. Opening size.
2. Handing. LH, RH, LHR or RHR.
3. Manufacturer and model number of the electrical product
being used. Example; Von Duprin ETPT2
Because clearances may vary between door and frame
manufacturer, and locations can be influenced by the door
hardware it is always recommend contacting Ives Customer
Technical for specific template information.
For your general information following are standard locations
for Von Duprin EPT2 or EPT10, and TW (through wire).
In accordance with industry standards, all cutouts are made
from Top Edge of Door to Center Line of Cut-out.
Standard Length EPT TW TWP
83" 30" 43-19/32" 43-13/16"
85" 32" 45-17/32" 44-29/32"
95" 42" 55-17/32" 55-9/32"
120" 67" 80-17/32" 79-1/2"
Note: See ordering guide in price book for proper placement.
EPT 600/700/
700CS
Top of door
600/700 600/700 TW
Top of door
“C EPT”
L
“C TW”
L
C = Center line
L
TW8 600/700s
A41
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A41
Pin and barrel hinges
How to order
700 HT US32D 83 TW8 CON
Model
Stainless steel
700/700CS Full Mortise
702 Full Surface - Center Pivot
705 Full mortise - full wrap
711/711CS Full surface - swing clear
715/715CS Full mortise - half wrap
Steel
600 Full mortise
602 Full surface - center pivot
611 Full surface - swing clear
Option 1
HT Hospital tip (600 and 700 series only)
Finish
Stainless steel - only available on 700 Series
US32D Satin stainless steel
Stainless steel / aluminum - only available on CS Series
US32DAN Satin stainless anodized
USP Grey primer paint
US28 Clear aluminum anodized
US4AN Satin brass anodized
US10AN Satin bronze anodized
313AN Dark bronze anodized
315AN Black anodized
US26AN Bright chrome anodized
US26DAN Satin chrome anodized
Steel - only available on 600 Series
600 Grey primer paint
Length
83"
85"
95"
120"
Other lengths available up to 120”, consult factory. Handing is required.
Option 2
EPT Electric power transfer prep
(600, 700, 705, 715, 700CS, 715CS models only)
Handing (LH and RH) required for 026, 027, 114, and 224 models
TWP Through wire panel (only available on 700CS)
TW8 Electric through Wire (600, 700, 705, 715 models only)
CON Allegion Connect (600, 700, 705, 715, 700CS models only)
SECHM Security fasteners - Torx
SECWDHM Security fasteners - Torx (half wood, half hollow metal)
SECWDWD Security fasteners - Torx (wood door and frame)
WD Wood door fasteners
Ives Architectural hardware products
A42
A42
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/32”
Frame
Irregularity
1/8” Hinge
Side
Clearance
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/16”
Frame
Irregularity
3/16”
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/32”
Frame
Irregularity
1/8” Hinge
Side
Clearance
Hinge
Side
Clearance
1/16”
Frame
Irregularity
1/8”
705 with Adjusta-Stud
Single door
Door under-sizing
Model
Hinge-side
clearance
Lock-side
clearance
Frame
irregularity
Beveled door
clearance Square edged Beveled edged
600 1/4" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 13/32" 7/ 1 6"
602 1/8" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 9/32" 5/16"
700 1/4" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 13/32" 7/ 1 6"
700CS 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
702 1/8" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 9/32" 5/16"
705 3/8" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 17/32" 9/16"
705* 1/2" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 21/32" 11/16"
711 7/32" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 3/8" 13/32"
711CS 3/8" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 17/32" 9/16"
715 1/4" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 13/32" 7/ 1 6"
715CS 5/16" 1/8" 1/32" 1/32" 15/32" 1/2"
* Use the Adjusta-Studs with 705
Pair of doors
Door under-sizing
Model
Hinge-side
clearance
Lock-side
clearance
Frame
irregularity
Beveled door
clearance
Square
edge total
Square edge
each door
Beveled edge
total
Beveled edge
each door
600 1/4" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/4" 3/8" 13/16" 13/32"
602 1/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1/2" 1/4" 9/16" 9/32"
700 1/4" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/4" 3/8" 13/16" 13/32"
700CS 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8 " 7/ 16" 15/16" 15/32"
702 1/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1/2" 1/4" 9/16" 9/32"
705 3/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1" 1/2" 1-1/16" 17/32"
705* 1/2" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1-1/4" 5/8" 1-5/16" 21/32"
711 7/32" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 11/16" 11/32" 3 /4" 3/8"
711CS 3/8" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 1" 1/2" 1-1/16" 17/32"
715 1/4" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 3/4" 3/8" 13/16" 13/32"
715CS 5/16" 3/16" 1/16" 1/16" 7/8" 7/ 1 6" 15/16" 15/32"
* Use the Adjusta-Studs with 705
Clearance requirements
Consult your local authority having jurisdiction for specific fire codes relating to fire rated doors.
The table below is only recommended for non fire related doors.
A43
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A43
Pin and barrel hinges
4 / 3 - 1
2 / 1
s s e n k c i h T e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
4/ 1
6 1 / 1
4/ 1- 2
8 / 1
8 / 3
007 ,006 ,005 sevI
7/32" [5.6] HINGE ALLOWANCE
2" [50.8]
GA 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
GA. 0.060"
[1.5]
DOOR
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G
] 6 . 1 [ " 6 1 / 1
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 6 1 / 1 1
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
FRAME
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
" 8 / 1
] 5 . 9 [
] 7 . 2 1 [ " 2 / 1
] 5 . 5 5 [ " 6 1 / 3 2
" 8 / 5
] 9 . 5 1 [
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
" 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
HINGE
Clearance for
Square Edge
5/16" Clearance for
Beveled Edge
1/8"
600 Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel
700 Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel
1/4" diameter pin with nylon self-lubricating, medical grade split bearing
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
1/8” Inset recommended for 1 3/4" doors
48" Maximum door width
Non handed for custom cut lengths
Bevel or square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
#10 X 1/2" Self Drilling, Self Tapping Screws
#10 X 1" Wood Screws
Material
600 - 1012 Cold-rolled steel
700 - 14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Grey primer paint Steel USP
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom paint available on 600 series, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TW8 .............Electrical through wire
CON ..............Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . . Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ...... Security screws - wood door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A44
A44
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
700CS Full mortise pin and barrel continuous hinge w/ decorative cover
Patented cover protects hinge knuckle and creates a cleaner and neater appearance
XY adjustability feature allows for better door alignment during installation
Patented, medical grade, nylon winged bearings
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Non handed
Bevel or square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 X 3/4" Self drilling, self tapping screws
Material
14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
441 Satin stainless anodized Aluminum/Steel US32DAN
600 Grey primer paint Aluminum/Steel USP
628 Clear aluminum anodized Aluminum/Steel US28
688 Satin brass anodized Aluminum/Steel US4AN
709 Satin bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel US10AN
710 Dark bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel 313AN
711 Black anodized Aluminum/Steel 315AN
712 Bright chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26AN
713 Satin chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26DAN
Custom paint available, consult factory. Standard custom paint is on cover only. Specify if paint on whole hinge is needed.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TW8 .............Electrical through wire
CON ..............Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A45
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A45
Pin and barrel hinges
4 / 3 - 1
8 / 3
8 / 1
207 ,206 sevI
1/8" MIN. DOOR CLEARENCE
HINGE
DOOR
FRAME
2" [50.8]
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 4 / 3 1 " 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
GA 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
" 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
GA 0.060"
[1.5]
1-3/4” 1-3/4”
ssenkcihT egniH 570.0 AG
7/16”
Clearance for
Square Edge
5/32" Clearance for
Beveled Edge
602 Full surface pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel
702 Full surface pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel
1/4" diameter pin with nylon self-lubricating, medical grade split bearing
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Non handed for custom cut lengths
Bevel or square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
#10 X 1/2" Self drilling, self tapping screws
#10 X 1" Wood screws
Cover clips
Material
602 - 1012 Cold-rolled steel
702 - 14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Grey primer paint Steel USP
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom paint available on 600 series, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . . Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ...... Security screws - wood door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A46
A46
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
705 Full mortise, full wrap pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel
Full wrap edge guard
Adjustable for undersized and out of square doors
1/4" diameter pin with nylon self-lubricating, medical grade split bearing
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Non handed, handing required for custom cut lengths
Bevel or square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
#10 X 1/2" Self drilling, self tapping screws
#10 X 1" Wood screws
Material
14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom paint available, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric Power Transfer
TW8 .............Electrical Through Wire
CON ..............Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . . Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ...... Security screws - wood door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
4 / 3 - 1
4/1-2
8/7-1
8 / 3
s s e n k c i h T e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
8/ 3
4
3/16”
/ 3
5 2 6 0 . 0 A G
570.0 AG
507 sevI
5/16" [7.9] HINGE ALLOWANCE
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
HINGE
DOOR
FRAME
2" [50.8]
0.750"
[19.0]
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 4 / 3 1
NOTE: PROVIDE
0.125" ADJUSTMENT
GA 0.075"
GA 0.0625"
] 5 . 9 [ " 8 / 3
" 8 / 5
] 9 . 5 1 [
GA 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
" 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
GA 0.060"
[1.5]
Note:
Provide
0.125”
Adjustment
* Adjusta-Stud allows up to 3/8” width adjustment which ensures proper alignment and easy
installation. Adjusta-Stud also makes it possible for future adjustments of the door on the
frame through repositioning.
3/8" Clearance for
Square Edge
13/32" Clearance for
Beveled Edge
A47
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A47
Pin and barrel hinges
4 / 3 - 1
8 / 3
2 3 / 5
4 / 3
e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
s s e n k c i h T
4 / 1
8 / 3 - 1
16
/9-1
117 ,116 sevI
5/32" [4.0] HINGE ALLOWANCE
] 3 . 1 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G " 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 4 / 3 1
HINGE
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
0.750"
[19.0]
5/16"
[7.9]
GA. 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
1/2"
[12.7]
9/16"
[14.3]
1 3/8" [34.9]
2" [50.8]
" 4 / 1
] 4 . 6 [
FRAME DOOR
GA. 0.060"
[1.5]
7/32" Clearance for
Square Edge
611 Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge - steel
711 Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel
Edge guard
May be difficult to install on inside walls
1/4" diameter pin with nylon self-lubricating, medical grade split bearing
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
48" Maximum door width
Non handed, handing required for custom cut lengths
Square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
#10 X 1/2" Self drilling, self tapping screws
#10 X 1" Wood screws
Material
611 - 1012 cold-rolled steel
711 - 14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Grey primer paint Steel USP
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom paint available on 600 series, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . . Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ...... Security screws - wood door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A48
A48
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
711CS Swing clear pin and barrel continuous hinge w/ decorative cover
Patented cover protects hinge knuckle and creates a cleaner and neater appearance
XY adjustability feature allows for better door alignment during installation
Edge guard
Easy to install mounting location on mortise end of frame
2-11/16" minimum frame face requirement
Patented, medical grade, nylon winged bearings
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Non Handed, handing required for custom cut lengths
Square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 X 3/4" Self drilling, self tapping screws
Material
14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
441 Satin stainless anodized Aluminum/Steel US32DAN
600 Grey primer paint Aluminum/Steel USP
628 Clear aluminum anodized Aluminum/Steel US28
688 Satin brass anodized Aluminum/Steel US4AN
709 Satin bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel US10AN
710 Dark bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel 313AN
711 Black anodized Aluminum/Steel 315AN
712 Bright chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26AN
713 Satin chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26DAN
Custom paint available, consult factory. Standard custom paint is on cover only. Specify if paint on whole hinge is needed.
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A49
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A49
Pin and barrel hinges
4 / 3 - 1
8 / 3
4 / 1
4 / 3
e g n i H 5 7 0 . 0 A G
s s e n k c i h T
4 / 1
517 sevI
1/4" [6.4] HINGE ALLOWANCE
2" [50.8]
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 4 / 3 1
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
HINGE
" 8 / 5
] 9 . 5 1 [
GA 0.075" HINGE THICKNESS
GA 0.060"
[1.5]
" 8 / 3
] 5 . 9 [
DOOR
" 4 / 3
] 1 . 9 1 [
" 2 / 1
] 7 . 2 1 [
0.750"
[19.0]
] 5 . 4 4 [ " 0 5 0 . 0 . A G
FRAME
] 5 . 9 [ " 8 / 3
1/4" Clearance for
Square Edge
715 Full mortise, half wrap pin and barrel continuous hinge - stainless steel
Half wrap edge guard
1/4" diameter pin with nylon self-lubricating, medical grade split bearing
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
1/16" door inset
48" Maximum door width
Non handed, handing required for custom cut lengths
Square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
#10 X 1/2" Self Drilling, Self Tapping Screws
#10 X 1" Wood Screws
Material
14 Gauge Type 304 Stainless Steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom paint available on 600 series, consult factory.
Options
HT ................Hospital tip
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
TW8 .............Electrical through wire
CON ..............Allegion Connect
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
SECWDHM. . . . . . . Security screws - 1/2 wood, 1/2 hollow metal
SECWDWD ...... Security screws - wood door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
Ives Architectural hardware products
A50
A50
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pin and barrel hinges
715CS Full mortise, half wrap pin and barrel continuous hinge w/ decorative cover
Patented cover protects hinge knuckle and creates a cleaner and neater appearance
XY adjustability feature allows for better door alignment during installation
Half wrap edge guard
Patented, medical grade, nylon winged bearings
For doors weighing up to 300 pounds without reinforcing. 600 pounds with reinforcing
Flush mounted, no inset
48" Maximum door width
Non handed, handing required for custom cut lengths
Square edge door
Certifications
Meets ANSI 156.26
UL10C certified
Standard lengths
83", 85", 95", 120"
Standard mounting hardware
12-24 X 3/4" Self drilling, self tapping screws
Material
14 Gauge Type 304 stainless steel
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
441 Satin stainless anodized Aluminum/Steel US32DAN
600 Grey primer paint Aluminum/Steel USP
628 Clear aluminum anodized Aluminum/Steel US28
688 Satin brass anodized Aluminum/Steel US4AN
709 Satin bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel US10AN
710 Dark bronze anodized Aluminum/Steel 313AN
711 Black anodized Aluminum/Steel 315AN
712 Bright chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26AN
713 Satin chrome anodized Aluminum/Steel US26DAN
Custom paint available, consult factory. Standard custom paint is on cover only. Specify if paint on whole hinge is needed.
Options
EPT ..............Electric power transfer
Optional mounting hardware
SECHM ........... Security screws - hollow metal door and frame
WD ...............Wood door and frame
For single door applications:
For pairs of doors see chart and general information
A51
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A51
Pivots
The door rests on the bottom pivot in this application. This reduces the
stress on the frame by distributing the weight of the door throughout the
floor and structure. By taking advantage of the strength of the structure,
this makes a pivot the ideal solution for your heavy doors. Center and
pocket pivots also provide an aesthetic option for your opening.
Used in conjunction with rescue hardware, center hung pivots allows
a bi-directional door swing in emergency situations. When a patient
becomes trapped behind an inward swing door, the center tong
depresses allowing the door to swing in the opposite direction without
causing damage to the frame.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A52
A52
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
General information
Complete line of 3/4" offset, 1-1/2" offset, center hung, intermediate
and power transfer pivots with all exposed parts made of brass
or stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance. Designed for
heavy weight doors in high frequency(above 1250 cycles per day)
applications.
ANSI CERTIFIED
All Ives Pivots are certified to ANSI 156.26, Grade 1
UL LISTED
All Ives non-rated brass Pivots are tested and approved
UL 10C (20 min).
All Ives rated stainless steel Pivots are tested and approved
UL 10C (3 hrs).
MATERIAL
High strength brass and 304 series stainless steel forgings, and
castings for rated and non-rated doors combined with radial and
needle precision bearings for smooth operation.
See specific models for more information.
PIVOT DUTY
Last digit in pivot set number reflects the maximum door weight in
hundreds of pound, e.g., 7215 = 500 pounds. For sets designated as
“heavy duty”, add 1,000 pounds, e.g., 7237F HD set = 1700 pounds.
Pivots for lead lined doors are available. Verify location and size
of lead lining in door to determine product compatibility. Consult
product support.
See table below for selecting the proper pivot for the application.
Add additional Intermediate Pivots for each 100 pounds of door
weight and/or for doors exceeding 7' in height. Intermediate pivots
should be placed every 2'6" as needed.
MOUNTING HARDWARE
Stainless steel machine screws and wood screws standard for all
metal door and frames and metal frame/wood door applications.
Positive locking vertical adjustment mechanism allows the installer
to precisely position the door and balance the load.
ELECTRIFICATION OPTIONS
Electrified pivots are non-load bearing. Provides electric power
transfer from the frame to the door in order to supply power to
an electrified mortise or cylindrical locks, exit devices with electric
latch retraction, and/or electric strikes (pairs of doors). Through-
wire is rated 50 volts AC/DC at 3.5 amp continuous and 16 amp
pulse. Maximum pulse 400 milliseconds.
The Ives Power Transfer Intermediate (PT INT) pivots and
Electrified Pocket Pivot (E) are available standard with 4 wire.
Other wire applications are available, consult product support.
These are also available with the Allegion Connect 4 or 8-pin
Connector (CON) which makes it easy to connect to other
electrical consumption devices.
7200 SERIES PIVOT SELECTION CHART When ordering separate pivot applications,
the following descriptions will be used for the pivot.
Pivot
set
Pivot
type Bottom style mounting UL listing
Max. door
weight Handing Top Bottom Intermediate
7212 3/4" Offset Jamb mounted none 200 LH or RH 7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 TOP 7212 BTM 7212-7212V-7222 INT
7212V 3/4" Offset Jamb mounted none 200 LH or RH 7212V TOP 7212 BTM 7212-7212V-7222 INT
7215 3/4" Offset Jamb mounted 20 Minute 500 LH or RH 7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 TOP 7215 BTM 7215-7226-7227 INT
7215F 3/4" Offset Jamb mounted 3 Hour 500 LH or RH 7215F-7226F-7227F TOP 7215F BTM 7215F-7226F-7227F INT
7222 3/4" Offset Floor mounted none 200 LH or RH 7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 TOP 7222 BTM 7212-7212V-7222 INT
7226 3/4" Offset Floor mounted 20 Minute 600 Non-handed 7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 TOP 7226 BTM 7215-7226-7227 INT
7226F 3/4" Offset Floor mounted 3 Hour 600 Non-handed 7215F-7226F-7227F TOP 7226F BTM 7215F-7226F-7227F INT
7227 3/4" Offset Mortise cement case 20 Minute 700 Non-handed 7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 TOP 7227 BTM 7215-7226-7227 INT
7227F 3/4" Offset Mortise cement case 3 Hour 700 Non-handed 7215F-7226F-7227F TOP 7227F BTM 7215-7226-7227 INT
7230F 3/4" Offset Floor mounted 3 Hour 1,000 Non-handed 7230F-7237F TOP 7230F BTM 7215F-7226F-7227F INT
7237F 3/4" Offset Mortise cement case 3 Hour 1,750 Non-handed 7230F-7237F TOP 7237F BTM 7230F-7237F INT
7244F 1-1/2" Offset Floor mounted 3 Hour 400 Non-handed 7244F-7245F TOP 7244F BTM 7230F-7237F INT
7245F 1-1/2" Offset Mortise cement case 3 Hour 500 Non-handed 7244F-7245F TOP 7245F BTM 7244F-7245F INT
7253 Center hung Floor mounted none 300 Non-handed 7253-7255-7255J-7256 TOP 7253 BTM 7244F-7245F INT
7255 Center hung Floor mounted none 500 Non-handed 7253-7255-7255J-7256 TOP 7255 BTM none
7255J Center hung Jamb mounted none 500 Non-handed 7253-7255-7255J-7256 TOP 7255J BTM none
7256 Center hung Mortise cement case none 600 Non-handed 7253-7255-7255J-7256 TOP 7256 BTM none
7259 Center hung Mortise cement case none 1,000 Non-handed 7259 TOP 7259 BTM none
FINISHES
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer paint Stainless steel USP
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32*
630 Satin brass Stainless steel US32D*
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632* Satin brass Steel US3
639* Satin bronze Steel US10
640** Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
646** Satin nickel Steel US15
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass/Stainless 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass/Stainless SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass/Stainless SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass/Stainless SP313
706 Brass painted Brass/Stainless SP4
* Available on F fire-rated pivots and pocket pivots only.
** Available on pocket pivots only
For other colors, consult product support.
A53
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A53
Pivots
How to order
7212 -SET -LH -US3
Model
7212
7212V
7215
7215F
7222
7226
7226F
7227
7227F
7230F
7237F
7244F
7245F
7253
7255
7255J
7256
7259
91105F
E91105F
Style
SET Top and bottom set
TOP Top pivot only
BTM Bottom pivot only
INT Intermediate pivot only
PT INT Power transfer intermediate pivot only
Available only with 7215, 7226, and 7227.
Handing
LH Left hand door
RH Right hand door
Required on 7212, 7212V, 7222, all INT, and all PT INT.
Finish
BHMA Description Finish
600 Primer paint USP
605 Bright brass US3
606 Satin brass US4
610 Satin bronze US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze US10B
619 Satin nickel US15
622 Matte black BLK
625 Bright chrome US26
626 Satin chrome US26D
629 Bright stainless US32*
630 Satin brass US32D*
643e/716 Aged bronze 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted SP28
691 Bronze painted SP10
695 Dark bronze painted SP313
706 Brass painted SP4
* Only available on F (fire rated) models. For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A54
A54
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7212 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top header mount
Maximum door load 200 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Handed LH or RH
7212 Set (7212 Top and 7212 Btm)
7212 Top (7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 Top), header mount
7212 Btm (7212 Btm), jamb mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07131
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Use 7212 INT (7212-7212V-7222)
Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed.
See General Information for specifics
on how many intermediate pivots are
recommended.
See finishes below
7212V 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top jamb mount
Maximum door load 200 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Handed LH or RH
7212V Set (7212V Top and 7212 Btm)
7212V Top (7212V), jamb mount
7212 Btm (7212 Btm), jamb mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07131
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Use 7212 INT (7212-7212V-7222)
Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed.
See General Information for specifics
on how many intermediate pivots are
recommended.
See finishes below.
7212 and 7212V Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Top
Btm
Btm
A55
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A55
Pivots
7215 Pivot Set
7215F Pivot Set
7215 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
7215F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
7215 3/4" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount
7215F 3/4" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 500 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Handed LH or RH
7215 Set (7215 Top and 7215 Btm)
7215 Top (7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 Top), header mount
7215 Btm (7215 Btm), jamb mount
7215F Set (7215F Top and 7215F Btm)
7215F Top (7215F-7226F-7227F Top), header mount
7215F Btm (7215F Btm), jamb mount
Optional WP resistant bottom pivot is modified for improved corrosion resistance
Available in US26D (626) or US32D (630) only
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07131
7215 - UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
7215F - UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
7215 - Made from cast brass
7215F - Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7215 INT (7215-7226-7227) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
Use 7215F INT (7215F-7226F-7227F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For electrical applications, use 7215PT INT (7215-7226-7227 PT INT) Power Transfer
Intermediate pivot. For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A56
A56
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7222 3/4" Offset pivot, 200lb with top header mount and bottom base mount
Maximum door load 200 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Handed LH or RH
7222 Set (7222 Top and 7222 Btm)
7222 Top (7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 Top), header mount
7222 Btm (7222 Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07162
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Use 7222 INT (7212-7212V-7222) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
7222 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Btm
A57
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A57
Pivots
7226 3/4" Offset pivot, 600lb with top header mount and bottom base mount
7226F 3/4" Offset pivot, 600lb with top header mount and bottom base mount,
fire rated
Maximum door load 600 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Handed LH or RH
7226 Set (7226 Top and 7226 Btm)
7226 Top (7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 Top), header mount
7226 Btm (7226 Btm), base plate mount
7226F Set (7226F Top and 7226F Btm)
7226F Top (7215F-7226F-7227F Top), header mount
7226F Btm (7226F Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07162
7226 - UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
7226F - UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
7226 - Made from cast brass
7226F - Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7226 INT (7215-7226-7227) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
Use 7226F INT (7215F-7226F-7227F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For electrical applications, use 7226PT INT (7215-7226-7227 PT INT) Power Transfer
Intermediate pivot. For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
7226 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
7226F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A58
A58
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7227 3/4" Offset pivot, 700lb with top header mount and bottom base mount
7227F 3/4" Offset pivot, 700lb with top header mount and bottom base mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 700 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7227 Set (7227 Top and 7227 Btm)
7227 Top (7212-7215-7222-7226-7227 Top), header mount
7227 Btm (7227 Btm), base plate mount
7227F Set (7227F Top and 7227F Btm)
7227F Top (7215F-7226F-7227F Top), header mount
7227F Btm (7227F Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07121
7227 - UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
7227F - UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
7227 - Made from cast brass
7227F - Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7227 INT (7215-7226-7227) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General Information
for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
Use 7227F INT (7215F-7226F-7227F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For electrical applications, use 7227PT INT (7215-7226-7227 PT INT) Power Transfer Intermediate
pivot. For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
7227 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
7227F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Btm
A59
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A59
Pivots
7230F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
7230F 3/4" Offset pivot, 1000lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 1000 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7230F Set (7230F Top and 7230F Btm)
7230F Top (7230F-7237F Top), header mount
7230F Btm (7230F Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07162
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7230F INT (7230F-7237F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A60
A60
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7237F
3/4" Offset pivot, 1750lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 1750 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7237F Set (7237F Top and 7237F Btm)
7237F Top (7230F-7237F Top), header mount
7237F Btm (7237F Btm), mortised cement case mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07111
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7237F INT (7230F-7237F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
7237F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Btm
A61
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A61
Pivots
7244F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
7244F 1 1/2" Offset pivot, 400lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 400 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7244F Set (7244F Top and 7244F Btm)
7244F Top (7244F-7245F Top), header mount
7244F Btm (7244F Btm), base mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07162
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7244F INT (7244F-7245F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A62
A62
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7245F 1 1/2" Offset pivot, 500lb with top header mount and bottom base
mount, fire rated
Maximum door load 500 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7245F Set (7245F Top and 7245F Btm)
7245F Top (7244F-7245F Top), header mount
7245F Btm (7245F Btm), mortised cement case mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07121
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Available accessory items
Use 7245F INT (7244F-7245F) Intermediate Pivot (handed) as needed. See General
Information for specifics on how many intermediate pivots are recommended.
For additional electrical wiring applications, consult product support.
7245F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Top
Btm
A63
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A63
Pivots
Intermediate Pivot
7212V-7222 INT
Intermediate Pivot
7212V-7222 INT
Intermediate Pivot
7212V-7222 INT
Intermediate Pivot
7212V-7222 INT
NFPA 80, Section 3-3.8 requires intermediate pivot on some fire door applications, consult
product support. Use for door heights over 7'0" and one every 2'6" as needed.
7212-7212V-7222 INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot
This intermediate pivot is used with 7212, 7212V, and 7222 offset pivots
Use for door weight over the pivot set limit. Use one additional pivot for every additional 100
pounds.
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Handed LH or RH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07382
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
7212-7212V-7222 INT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
A64
A64
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Intermediate Pivots
Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 INT
7215F-7226F-7227F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 INT
7215F-7226F-7227F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 INT
7215F-7226F-7227F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 INT
7215F-7226F-7227F INT
7215-7226-7227 INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot
7215F-7226F-7227F INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated
7215-7226-7227 intermediate pivot is used with 7215, 7226, and 7227 offset pivots.
7215F-7226F-7227F intermediate pivot is used with 7215F, 7226F, and 7227F offset pivots.
Use for door weight over the pivot set limit. Use one additional pivot for every additional 100
pounds.
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Handed LH or RH
Certifications
7215-7226-7227 - Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07321
7215-7226-7227 - UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
7215F-7226F-7227F - Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07371
7215F-7226F-7227F - UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
7215-7226-7227 - Made from cast brass
7215F-7226F-7227F - Made from 304 series stainless steel
7215-7226-7227 INT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
7215F-7226F-7227F INT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
NFPA 80, Section 3-3.8 requires intermediate pivot on some fire door applications, consult
product support. Use for door heights over 7'0" and one every 2'6" as needed.
A65
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A65
Intermediate Pivots
Intermediate Pivot
7244F-7245F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7244F-7245F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7244F-7245F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7244F-7245F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7230F-7237F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7230F-7237F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7230F-7237F INT
Intermediate Pivot
7230F-7237F INT
7230F-7237F INT and 7244F-7245F INT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
631 Matte black Stainless steel BLK
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Stainless steel SP28
691 Bronze painted Stainless steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
706 Brass painted Stainless steel SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
NFPA 80, Section 3-3.8 requires intermediate pivot on some fire door applications, consult
product support. Use for door heights over 7'0" and one every 2'6" as needed.
7230F-7237F INT 3/4" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated
This intermediate pivot is used with 7230F and 7237F offset pivots
Use for door weight over the pivot set limit. Use one additional pivot for every additional 100
pounds.
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Handed LH or RH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07311
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
7244F-7245F INT 1 1/2" Offset intermediate pivot, fire rated
This intermediate pivot is used with 7244F and 7245F offset pivots
Use for door weight over the pivot set limit. Use one additional pivot for every additional 100
pounds.
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Handed LH or RH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07371
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Ives Architectural hardware products
A66
A66
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
Power Transfer Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 PT
Power Transfer Intermediate Pivot
7215-7226-7227 PT
7215PT-7226PT-7227PT INT 3/4" Offset power transfer intermediate pivot
7215PT-7226PT-7227PT intermediate pivot is used with 7215, 7226, and 7227 offset pivots.
Non-load bearing
Comes standard with 28 gauge TW4. For additional electrical wiring applications,
consult product support.
Rated 50 VDC or VAC @ 3.5 amps. Continuous or 16 amp pulse, maximum pulse
400 milliseconds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness, with 1/8" bevel in 2"
Handed LH or RH
Certifications
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Meets UL 634
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
7215PT-7226PT-7227PT INT Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
A67
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A67
Pivots
7253 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Table D
Clearance Depth of Mortise
3/16" (5mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
3/8" (10mm) 1" (25mm)
1/2" (13mm) 7/8" (22mm)
5/8" (16mm) 3/4" (19mm)
3/4" (19mm) 5/8" (16mm)
7253 Center hung pivot, 300lb with bottom base mount
Maximum door load 300 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Easy installation, tilt on bearing and bearing pin
Adjustable floor to door clearance 3/16" to 3/4", consult product support if greater than 3/4"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7253 Set (7253 Top and 7253 Btm)
7253 Top (7253-7255-7255J-7256 Top), header mount
7253 Btm (7253 Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07032
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Radius Stop (A) to clear heel of door edge.
Pivot distance (B) 1-3/4" (44mm) minimum from jamb to centerline of pivot pin. Radius heel
edge of door, 1-5/8" (41mm) minimum recommended.
Clearance from bottom edge of door to floor mounting surface is adjustable from 3/16"
(5mm) to 3/4" (19mm) by varying the depth of the mortise (C ) in the bottom of the door,
refer to Chart D. Consult product support when clearance is over 3/4" (19mm).
7253 Pivot Set
7253 Pivot Set
7253 Pivot Set
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A68
A68
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7255 Pivot Set
7255 Pivot Set
7255 Pivot Set
7255 Center hung pivot, 500lb with bottom base mount
Maximum door load 500 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Easy installation, tilt on bearing and bearing pin
Adjustable floor to door clearance 3/16" to 3/4", consult product support if greater than 3/4"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7255 Set (7255 Top and 7255 Btm)
7255 Top (7253-7255-7255J-7256 Top), header mount
7255 Btm (7255 Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07032
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Radius Stop (A) to clear heel of door edge.
Pivot distance (B) 1-3/4" (44mm) minimum from jamb to centerline of pivot pin. Radius heel
edge of door, 1-5/8" (41mm) minimum recommended.
Clearance from bottom edge of door to floor mounting surface is adjustable from 3/16"
(5mm)to 3/4" (19mm) by varying the depth of the mortise (C ) in the bottom of the door,
refer to Chart D. Consult product support when clearance is over 3/4" (19mm).
7255 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Table D
Clearance Depth of Mortise
3/16" (5mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
3/8" (10mm) 1" (25mm)
1/2" (13mm) 7/8" (22mm)
5/8" (16mm) 3/4" (19mm)
3/4" (19mm) 5/8" (16mm)
Top
Btm
A69
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A69
Pivots
7255J Pivot Set
7255J Pivot Set
7255J Pivot Set
7255J Pivot Set
7255 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Table D
Clearance Depth of Mortise
3/16" (5mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
3/8" (10mm) 1" (25mm)
1/2" (13mm) 7/8" (22mm)
5/8" (16mm) 3/4" (19mm)
3/4" (19mm) 5/8" (16mm)
7255J Center hung pivot, 500lb with bottom jamb mount
Maximum door load 500 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Easy installation, tilt on bearing and bearing pin
Adjustable floor to door clearance 3/16" to 3/4", consult product support if greater than 3/4"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7255J Set (7255J Top and 7255J Btm)
7255J Top (7253-7255-7255J-7256 Top), header mount
7255J Btm (7255J Btm), jamb mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07042
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Radius Stop (A) to clear heel of door edge.
Pivot distance (B) 1-3/4" (44mm) minimum from jamb to centerline of pivot pin. Radius heel
edge of door, 1-5/8" (41mm) minimum recommended.
Clearance from bottom edge of door to floor mounting surface is adjustable from 3/16"
(5mm) to 3/4" (19mm) by varying the depth of the mortise (C ) in the bottom of the door,
refer to Chart D. Consult product support when clearance is over 3/4" (19mm).
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A70
A70
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
7256 Pivot Set
7256 Pivot Set
7256 Pivot Set
7256 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Table D
Clearance Depth of Mortise
3/16" (5mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
3/8" (10mm) 1" (25mm)
1/2" (13mm) 7/8" (22mm)
5/8" (16mm) 3/4" (19mm)
3/4" (19mm) 5/8" (16mm)
7256 Center hung pivot, 600lb with bottom base mount
Maximum door load 600 pounds
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" minimum door thickness
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Easy installation, tilt on bearing and bearing pin
Adjustable floor to door clearance 3/16" to 3/4", consult product support if greater than 3/4"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7256 Set (7256 Top and 7256 Btm)
7256 Top (7253-7255-7255J-7256 Top), header mount
7256 Btm (7255J Btm), base plate mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07021
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Radius Stop (A) to clear heel of door edge.
Pivot distance (B) 1-3/4" (44mm) minimum from jamb to centerline of pivot pin. Radius heel
edge of door, 1-5/8" (41mm) minimum recommended.
Clearance from bottom edge of door to floor mounting surface is adjustable from 3/16"
(5mm) to 3/4" (19mm) by varying the depth of the mortise (C ) in the bottom of the door,
refer to Chart D. Consult product support when clearance is over 3/4" (19mm).
Top
Btm
A71
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A71
Pivots
7259 Pivot Set
7259 Pivot Set
7259 Pivot Set
7259 Center hung pivot, 1000lb with bottom base mount
Maximum door load 1000 pounds
Recommended for use with 2" to 3" minimum door thickness, consult product support if
doors are thicker than 3"
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Easy installation, tilt on bearing and bearing pin
Adjustable floor to door clearance 3/16" to 3/4", consult product support if greater than 3/4"
Vertical adjustment range 3/16", with positive locking
Non-handed
7259 Set (7259 Top and 7259 Btm)
7259 Top (7259 Top) header mount
7259 Btm (7259 Btm), base frame mount
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07011
UL Listed, 20 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Radius Stop (A) to clear heel of door edge.
Pivot distance (B) 1-3/4" (44mm) minimum from jamb to centerline of pivot pin. Radius heel
edge of door, 1-5/8" (41mm) minimum recommended.
Clearance from bottom edge of door to floor mounting surface is adjustable from 3/16"
(5mm) to 3/4" (19mm) by varying the depth of the mortise (C ) in the bottom of the door,
refer to Chart D. Consult product support when clearance is over 3/4" (19mm).
7259 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
610 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
689 Aluminum painted Brass SP28
691 Bronze painted Brass SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Brass SP313
706 Brass painted Brass SP4
For other colors, consult factory.
Table D
Clearance Depth of Mortise
3/16" (5mm) 1-3/16" (30mm)
3/8" (10mm) 1" (25mm)
1/2" (13mm) 7/8" (22mm)
5/8" (16mm) 3/4" (19mm)
3/4" (19mm) 5/8" (16mm)
Top
Btm
Ives Architectural hardware products
A72
A72
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pivots
91105F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer painted Stainless steel USP
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
639 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
640 Satin bronze Stainless steel US10
646 Satin nickel Stainless steel US15
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
For other colors, consult factory.
91105F Pocket pivot/hinge, fire rated
Maximum door load of 90 pounds per pivot
Use three pivots for doors 7'0" tall and one every 2'6" for taller doors as needed
Full mortise
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" door thickness only
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Not recommended for wood frames
Allows door to open a full 90°
Non-handed
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07611
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
Pocket
Pivot
Cutout
Door Portion
1-3/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
5-17/32
1-9/64
1-9/64
C
L
of Door
Door
Portion
Jamb
Portion
A73
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products A73
Pivots
E91105F Pocket pivot/hinge, power transfer, fire rated
Non-load bearing
Comes standard with 28 gauge TW4. For additional electrical wiring applications, consult
product support.
Rated 50 VDC or VAC @ 3.5 amps continuous or 16 amp pulse, maximum pulse 400
milliseconds
Full mortise
Recommended for use with 1-3/4" door thickness only
Not recommended for doors larger than 4'0" X 8'0"
Not recommended for wood frames
Allows door to open a full 90°
Non-handed
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4 C07611
UL Listed, 3 hour fire doors
Material substrate
Made from 304 series stainless steel
E91105F Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primer painted Stainless steel USP
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
632 Bright brass Stainless steel US3
646 Satin nickel Stainless steel US15
--- Aged bronze Stainless steel 643e/716
695 Dark bronze painted Stainless steel SP313
For other colors, consult factory.
Pocket
Pivot
Cutout
Door Portion
1-3/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
5-17/32
1-9/64
1-9/64
C
L
of Door
Door
Portion
Jamb
Portion
Ives Architectural hardware products
A74
A74
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Notes
A
Hinges & pivots
B1
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B1
Pulls & plates
Table of contents
Architectural pulls and pushbars -
heavy duty, solid construction
General information .................................................................................................................. B2
Pull mounting hardware
Thru-bolt mounts ......................................................................................................................B5
Concealed mounts .....................................................................................................................B6
Back to back mounts ................................................................................................................ B7
Push/Pull combo mounts ........................................................................................................B8
Architectural and decorative pulls
How to order: ..............................................................................................................................B9
Architectural pulls and push bars
8102HD Solid door pull - 3/4" round .................................................................................... B11
8103HD Solid door pull - 1" round ........................................................................................ B12
8103EZHD Solid door pull - 1" round Large 2-1/2" clearance for the accessibility
applications ........................................................................................................................... B13
8105 Solid door pull - 1" flattened ....................................................................................... B14
8145EZHD 45° Offset solid door pull .................................................................................. B15
8190HD 90° Offset solid door pull ...................................................................................... B16
8190EZHD 90° Offset solid door pull ..................................................................................B17
9100HD Solid push bar ........................................................................................................... B18
9103EZHD Solid straight pull/push bar combo
(8103EZHD Pull + 9100HD Push) .................................................................................... B19
9145EZHD 45° Offset pull/push bar combo (8145HD pull + 9100HD push) ........... B20
9190HD Solid 90° Offset pull/push bar combo (8190HD pull + 9100HD push) ...... B21
9190EZHD Solid 90° Offset pull/push bar combo
(8190EZHD pull + 9100HD push) ....................................................................................B22
Decorative pulls
8111-5 Solid door pull ...............................................................................................................B23
8112-5 Solid door pull ..............................................................................................................B23
8121 Solid door pull ................................................................................................................. B24
8169 C Style (tubular series) offset solid door pull .........................................................B25
8181 Georgian 90° offset solid door pull ........................................................................... B26
8189 Athens offset tubular door pull ..................................................................................B27
8281 Georgian straight solid door pull ............................................................................... B28
8312 Plymouth offset solid door pull ................................................................................. B29
8320 Plymouth offset solid door pull ................................................................................ B30
8371 Addison flat tip straight solid door pull .................................................................... B31
8372 Camelot steeple tip straight tubular door pull .......................................................B32
8373 Brookshire acorn tip straight tubular door pull ......................................................B33
8700 Greenwich arc straight solid door pull .................................................................... B34
8800 Greenwich arc offset solid door pull ........................................................................B35
8848 Latitude straight solid door pull .............................................................................. B36
8975 Rhodes straight solid door pull ..................................................................................B37
Long door pulls
How to order: ........................................................................................................................... B38
9264 Offset long door pull, rounded tip ........................................................................... B39
9266 Straight long door pull, rounded tip ....................................................................... B39
Push and pull plates
How to order: ...........................................................................................................................B40
8200 Push plate ...................................................................................................................... B41
8300 Pull plate, prep for pull (less pull) ............................................................................ B41
8302 Pull plate ........................................................................................................................ B42
8303 Pull plate ........................................................................................................................ B43
8305 Pull plate........................................................................................................................ B44
8311 Pull plate .......................................................................................................................... B45
Protection plates
8400 Commercial protection plates ..................................................................................B47
8402 UL Commercial protection plates ............................................................................B47
Vandal resistant trim
VR810-DT with black grip .................................................................................................... B48
VR814-DT without black grip .............................................................................................. B48
VR810-NL LHR with black grip.............................................................................................B49
VR810-NL RHR with black grip ............................................................................................ B49
VR814-NL LHR without black grip .....................................................................................B49
VR814-NL RHR without black grip ......................................................................................B49
VR810-NL-V with black grip ................................................................................................ B50
VR814-NL-V without black grip ..........................................................................................B50
VR900 RHR with black grip................................................................................................... B51
VR900 LHR with black grip ................................................................................................... B51
VR904 RHR without black grip ............................................................................................ B51
VR904 LHR without black grip ............................................................................................. B51
VR900LLP RH with black grip ..............................................................................................B52
VR900LLP LH with black grip ...............................................................................................B52
VR904LLP RH without black grip ........................................................................................B52
VR904LLP LH without black grip ........................................................................................B52
VR910-DT with black grip .....................................................................................................B53
VR914-DT without black grip ...............................................................................................B53
VR910-NL with black grip .................................................................................................... B54
VR914-NL without black grip .............................................................................................. B54
VR910M-DT with black grip ................................................................................................. B55
VR914M-DT without black grip........................................................................................... B55
VR910M-NL RHR with black grip ......................................................................................... B56
VR910M-NL LHR with black grip ......................................................................................... B56
VR914M-NL RHR without black grip .................................................................................. B56
VR914M-NL LHR without black grip ................................................................................... B56
Flush pulls
22 Flush pull - rectangle ......................................................................................................... B57
218 Flush pull - small circle .................................................................................................... B57
221 Flush pull - large circle .................................................................................................... B58
222 Flush pull - rectangle..................................................................................................... B58
223 Flush pull - oval ............................................................................................................... B59
227 Flush pull - deep well ..................................................................................................... B59
Decorative flush pulls
919 Decorative flush pull - oval ...........................................................................................B60
950 Decorative flush pull - rectangle ...............................................................................B60
955 Decorative flush pull - square, deep well ................................................................... B61
960 Decorative flush pull - rectangle, narrow .................................................................. B61
962 Decorative flush pull - rectangle ................................................................................. B62
Sliding door pulls
230 Sliding door edge pull .................................................................................................... B63
42 Pocket sliding door bolt ................................................................................................... B63
990 Sliding door pull .............................................................................................................B64
991 Sliding door pull - privacy .............................................................................................. B65
Screen door pull
25 Screen door pull ................................................................................................................. B65
Ives Architectural hardware products
B2
A
Hinges & pivots
B2
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and pushbars -
heavy duty, solid construction
ANSI Certified
All Ives architectural pulls, push bars, decorative pulls, and long door pulls meets ANSI 156.06
ADA Compliant pulls (EZ)
All Ives ADA compliant pulls (reference local authority having jurisdiction) come with the EZ designation. These pulls
all have a door to pull clearance of 2.1/2" or greater. All stainless steel EZ pulls come standard with 316 Series Stainless
which make them highly recommended for all external applications.
Material
All architectural pulls, push bars and decorative pulls are made of heavy duty, solid bar stock or castings. All long door
pulls are made from tubular stock. Available material substrates are below. See pull model detailed pages for material
availability.
Stainless Steel 304 Series
Stainless Steel 316 Series (Standard for all EZ pulls, EZ push/pull combo, and long door pulls.
Available on 9100 series push bars as well.)
Brass
Aluminum 6061-T6 Alloy
Care and maintenance for stainless steel finishes
Stainless steel requires periodic cleaning just as other materials do when in service. Stainless architectural building com-
ponents, for instance, are subject to road salt spray at ground level and deposits from polluted urban air at higher levels.
Finger marks, deposits from tobacco smoke, stains from hard water or food left on to dry all detract from the original
attractive appearance of stainless steel applications.
Cleaning methods and the frequency with which there are employed vary considerably according to application. One of
the outstanding features of stainless steel is the ease with which its fine appearance can be maintained. In many instanc-
es, only periodic warm water wash is sufficient to restore the original shine. In other cases, cleansing with a strong steril-
izing solution may be required more frequently. Between these extremes are a broad range of cleaning requirements and
methods. In all cases, there are some important “do’s and dont’s” that should be followed.
Do
Wash regularly with warm water and mild soap detergent using a clean cloth or soft brush.
Remove stubborn grime using recommended cleaners and methods.
Always clean in the direction of the original polish lines.
Always rinse after cleaning and wipe dry.
Don't
Don’t use ordinary steel wool or other metal scrapers to remove stubborn dirt.
Don’t allow dirt to accumulate.
Don’t allow protective coatings to remain on new building components. Remove all traces of adhesive as well as
plaster, terrazzo, paint and other construction “splashes”.
Don’t use harsh, untested cleaners.
Heavy duty
All Ives architectural pulls, push bars and long door pulls come standard with heavy duty (HD) machining and mounting
hardware to withstand high traffic and abuse applications which exceed industry standards. Many decorative pulls also
come standard with heavy duty machining and hardware. Please see the list of pulls that come standard with heavy duty
mounting hardware.
General information
A
Hinges & pivots
B3
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B3
Architectural and decorative pulls
Long door pull
Model Heavy duty machining
9264 3/8-16
9266 3/8-16
Pulls sizes - center to center
Pull sizes are determined by the center to center distance between the mounting locations. Ex. A 12" pull has 12" between the
mounting locations. The overall pull length will be longer. See pull model detailed pages for specific size information. The table
below shows standard available sizes for pulls.
55-1/4" (8111 and 8112 Pulls Only), 5-3/4" (8121)
66" (8102HD and 8105 Only)
88" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8105, 8145EZHD, 8190HD, 8190EZHD Only)
99" (8700 and 8800 Only)
010" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8105, 8145EZHD, 8169, 8190HD, 8190EZHD Only)
212" (8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8145EZHD, 8169, 8181, 8190HD, 8190EZHD, 8281, 8312, 8371, 8372, 8373, 8700, 8800, 8848, 8975
Only)
16 16" (8181 and 8281 Only)
18 18" (8103EZHD, 8145EZHD, 8181, 8190HD, 8190EZHD, 8281, 8371, 8372, 8373, 8700, 8800 Only)
19 19-3/16" (8189 Only)
20 20" (8320 Only)
24 24" (8371, 8372, 8373, 8700, 8800 Only)
General information - continued
Decorative
Model Heavy duty machining
8169 3/8-16
8181 3/8-16
8281 3/8-16
8189 3/8-16
8312 3/8-16
8320 3/8-16
8371 3/8-16
8372 5/16-18
8373 5/16-18
8700 5/16-18
8800 5/16-18
8848 3/8-16
8975 3/8-16
Architectual
Model Heavy duty machining
8102HD 5/16-18
8103HD 3/8-16
8103EZHD 3/8-16
8145EZHD 3/8-16
8190HD 3/8-16
8190EZHD 3/8-16
9100HD 3/8-16
9103EZHD 3/8-16
9145EZHD 3/8-16
9190HD 3/8-16
9190EZHD 3/8-16
Ives Architectural hardware products
B4
A
Hinges & pivots
B4
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural and decorative pulls
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright Brass Brass US3
606 Satin Brass Brass US4
612 Satin Bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed Bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin Nickle Brass US15
625 Bright Chrome Brass US26
626 Satin Chrome Brass US26D
626-AM* Satin Chrome - Anti-Microbial Brass US26D-AM
628 Satin Aluminium Aluminium US28
629 Buff Stainless Stainless Steel US32D
629-316 Buff Stainless - 316 Substrate Stainless Steel -316 US32D-316
630 Satin Stainless Steel Stainless Steel US32D
630-316 Satin Stainless - 316 Substrate Stainless Steel -316 US32D-316
630-AM** Satin Stainless - Anti-Microbial Stainless Steel US32D-AM
--- Aged Bronze Stainless Steel 643e/716
--- Matte black Stainless Steel BLK
*AM - Antimicrobial finish. The antimicrobial coating is specifically formulated to inhibit the growth of bacteria by interrupting cell multiplication.
The result is that the silver ions surround bacterial cells, blocking food and slowing the growth of bacteria, mold and mildew. Product with
antimicrobial finishes will maintain the products standard warranty for finishes. High traffic, public use areas are ideally suited to antimicrobial
coated door hardware. With hundreds or thousands of people accessing these areas every day, safety should be top of mind. Adding door
hardware with an antimicrobial coating can make a difference by inhibiting the growth of bacteria on these high-tough surfaces. Applications
where antimicrobial coated hardware makes sense include:
Healthcare Education Government
Food service Childcare Rest rooms
** Recommend using 630-AM Anti-microbial for highly corrosive environmental applications
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Door thickness
All Ives architectural pulls, push bars, decorative pulls, and long door pulls come standard with mounting hardware for door
thickness ranging from 1-1/2" to 1-3/4". Many pulls have optional mounting hardware for 2" and 2.1/4" thick doors or are
available as separate part accessories. See detailed pull model pages for availability.
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
General information - continued
A
Hinges & pivots
B5
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B5
Pull mounting hardware
Mounting sizes
All mounting hardware is for standard 1-3/4” door.
Optional mounting hardware for 2" and 2-1/4" doors for many pulls. See pull detail for availability.
Other mounting hardware sizes available as engineering special. Consult Customer Service.
Thru-bolt mounts
Standard mount
Standard thru-bolt mount with countersunk washers
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(2) Flat head mounting screws, plated to match
(2) Countersunk washers, plated to match
F Mount - Countersunk holes
Used with countersunk holes in doors
Wood door applications
(2) Flat head mounting screws, plated to match
O Mount - Decorative
Decorative thru-bolt mount
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(2) Decorative mounting bolts - machine screw, plated to match
X Mount - Security
Security thru-bolt mount with countersunk washers
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(2) Flat head security pin in socket mounting screws, plated to match
(2) Countersunk washers, plated to match
Q Mount - Decorative, glass doors
Decorative thru-bolt mount
Glass door applications
(2) Decorative mounting bolts - machine screw, plated to match
(2) Metal and vinyl washers
Pull Plate Pull Plate
3/4" Min. Dia.
Push
Side
1" Min. Dia.
Ives Architectural hardware products
B6
A
Hinges & pivots
B6
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pull mounting methods
L Mount - Hollow metal doors
Concealed mount
Hollow metal door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
Mounting sizes
All mounting hardware is for standard 1-3/4” door.
Optional mounting hardware for 2" and 2-1/4" doors for many pulls. See pull detail for availability.
Other mounting hardware sizes available as engineering special. Consult Customer Service.
Concealed mounts
A Mount - Aluminum doors
Concealed mount
Aluminum door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
Designed to be used with rivet nuts. Not supplied.
G Mount - Pull plate
Concealed mount with pull plate
Hollow metal and wood door applications
Pull mounts directly onto plate, Plate is attached to door
(2) Flat head mounting screws
I Mount - Wood doors
Concealed mount
Wood door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
Reinforcing
Plate
(1)Set screw
Pull Plate
Reinforcing
Plate
(1)Set screw
Reinforcing
Plate
(1)Set screw
A
Hinges & pivots
B7
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B7
Pull mounting methods
Mounting sizes
All mounting hardware is for standard 1-3/4” door.
Optional mounting hardware for 2" and 2-1/4" doors for many pulls. See pull detail for availability.
Other mounting hardware sizes available as engineering special. Consult Customer Service.
Back to back mounts
J Mount - 8102 Pull only
Back to back mounting - 5/16-18 hardware
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
K Mount - 8121 Pull only
Back to back mounting - 8-32 hardware
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(8) Machine screws
(4) Mounting sleeves
N Mount
Back to back mounting - 3/8-16 hardware
Hollow metal and wood door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
P Mount - Glass doors
Back to back mounting - 3/8-16 hardware
Glass door applications
(2) Mounting bolts - machine screw
(2) Set screws
(2) Metal and vinyl washers
Push
Side
1" Min. Dia. 1" Min. Dia.
Pull
Side
(1)Set screw
Push
Side
3/4" Min. Dia. 3/4" Min. Dia.
Pull
Side
(1)Set screw
Push
Side
(1)Set screw
1" Dia. 1" Dia.
Pull
Side
Ives Architectural hardware products
B8
A
Hinges & pivots
B8
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Pull mounting methods
Mounting
All mounting hardware is for standard 1-3/4” door.
Optional mounting hardware for 2" and 2-1/4" doors for many pulls. See pull detail for availability.
Other mounting hardware sizes available as engineering special. Consult Customer Service.
Push/Pull combo mounts
PQ Mount - Decorative, glass doors
Back to back mounting - 3/8-16 hardware (P) & Decorative thru-bolt (Q)
Glass door applications
Pushbar to pull
(1) Mounting bolt - machine screw
(1) Set screw
(1) Metal and vinyl washers
Free end pushbar and pull
(2) Decorative mounting bolts - machine screw, plated to match
(2) Metal and vinyl washers
NS Mount - Standard
Back to back mounting - 3/8-16 hardware (N) & Standard thru-bolt
Hollow metal and wood door applications
Pushbar to Pull
(1) Mounting bolt - machine screw
(1) Set screw
Free end pushbar and pull
(2) Flat head mounting screws, plated to match
(2) Countersunk washers, plated to match
NO Mount - Decorative
Back to back mounting - 3/8-16 hardware (N) & Decorative thru-bolt (O)
Hollow metal and wood door applications
Pushbar to pull
(1) Mounting bolt - machine screw
(1) Set screw
Free end pushbar and pull
(2) Decorative mounting bolts - machine screw, plated to match
N Mount
O Mount
O Mount
N Mount
STD Mount
STD Mount
P Mount
Q Mount
Q Mount
A
Hinges & pivots
B9
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B9
Architectural and decorative pulls
PR8190EZHD-8 US32D O 1-3/4"
Single/Pair Model Center to center Finish Mounting Door thickness
PR 8190EZHD 8US32D N 1-3/4"
Single/Pair
“Blank” Single pull machined with standard threads
PR Pair of pulls - One pull machined with standard threads
and one pull machined for back to back mounting
Jsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting (8102 only)
Nsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting
Qsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting (glass doors)
Model
8102HD Straight pull - 3/4" round
8103HD Straight pull - 1" round
8103EZHD Straight pull - 1" round, ADA compliant
8105 Straight Pull - 1" Flattened
8145EZHD 45° Oset pull - 1" round, ADA compliant
8190HD 90° Oset pull - 1" round
8190EZHD 90° Oset pull - 1" round, ADA compliant
8111 Straight pull
8112 Straight pull - surface mount
8121 Straight pull - surface mount
8169 Oset Tubular pull
8181 Oset Georgian pull
8189 Straight Athens pull
8281 Straight Georgian pull
8312 Oset Plymouth pull
8320 Oset Plymouth pull
8371 Straight Addison pull
8372 Straight Camelot pull
8373 Straight Brookshire pull
8376 Straight Brookshire pull
8700 Straight Greenwich pull
8800 Oset Greenwich pull
8848 Straight pull
8975 Straight Rhodes pull
Center to center
55-1/4" (8111), 5-5/8" (8112), 5-3/4" (8121)
66" (8102HD and 8105 only)
88" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8105, 8145EZHD, 8190HD, 8190EZHD only)
99" (8700 and 8800 Only)
010" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8105, 8145EZHD, 8169, 8190HD, 8190EZHD only)
212" (8103HD, 8103EZHD, 8145EZHD, 8169, 8181, 8190HD, 8190EZHD, 8281, 8312, 8371,
8372, 8373, 8700, 8800, 8848, 8975 only)
16 16" (8181 and 8281 only)
18 18" (8103EZHD, 8145EZHD, 8181, 8190HD, 8190EZHD, 8281, 8371, 8372, 8373, 8700,
8800 only)
19 19" (8189 only)
20 20" (8320 only)
24 24" (8371, 8372, 8373, 8700, 8800 only)
Finish
605 Bu Brass US3
606 Satin Brass US4
612 Satin Bronze US10
613 Antique Bronze US108
619 Satin Nickel US15
625 Bu Chrome US26
626 Satin Chrome US26D
626-AM Satin Chrome - Anti-Microbial US260-AM
628 Satin Clear Anodized US28
629 Bu Stainless US32D
629-316 Bu Stainless - 316 Substrate US32D-316
630 Satin Stainless US32D
630-316 Satin Stainless - 316 Substrate US32D-316
630-AM Satin Stainless - Anti-Microbial US32D-AM
643e/716 Aged Bronze ---
BLK Matte black ---
How to order:
Ives Architectural hardware products
B10
A
Hinges & pivots
B10
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural and decorative pulls
How to order - continued: PR8190EZHD-8 US32D O 1-3/4"
Single/Pair Model Center to center Finish Mounting Door thickness
PR 8190EZHD 8US32D N 1-3/4"
Mounting Hardware
STD Thru-bolt with decorative washer
AConcealed mount - aluminum doors
FThru-bolt with countersunk hole
GConcealed mount with pull plates
IConcealed mount - wood doors
JBack to back mount (8102 only)
KBack to back mount (8121 only)
LConcealed mount - hollow metal doors
NBack to back mount
ODecorative thru-bolt
PBack to back mount - glass doors
QDecorative thru-bolt - glass doors
XThru-bolt - security screw and decorative washer
Door Thickness
1-3/4" Standard
2" Optional
2-1/4" Optional
A
Hinges & pivots
B11
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B11
Architectural pulls and push bars
8102HD Solid door pull - 3/4" round
Available Sizes: 6", 8", 10"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
5/16-18 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)F, G, I, J, L
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8102HD-6 2-1/4" 1-1/2" 6" 6-3/4"
8102HD-8 2-1/4" 1-1/2" 8" 8-3/4"
8102HD-0 2-1/4" 1-1/2" 10" 10-3/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
3/4"
ROUND
Ives Architectural hardware products
B12
A
Hinges & pivots
B12
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
1"
ROUND
8103HD Solid door pull - 1" round
Available Sizes: 8", 10", 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)A, F, G, I, L,
N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8103HD-8 2-1/2" 1-1/2" 8" 9"
8103HD-0 2-1/2” 1-1/2" 10" 11"
8103HD-2 2-1/2” 1-1/2" 12" 13"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
A
Hinges & pivots
B13
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B13
Architectural pulls and push bars
8103EZHD Solid door pull - 1" round
Large 2-1/2" clearance for the accessibility applications
Available Sizes: 8", 10", 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Complies with ADA and barrier free applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8103EZHD-8 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 8" 9"
8103EZHD-0 3-1/2” 2-1/2” 10" 11"
8103EZHD-2 3-1/2” 2-1/2” 12" 13"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1"
ROUND
2-1/2"
CLEARANCE
Ives Architectural hardware products
B14
A
Hinges & pivots
B14
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
8105 Solid door pull - 1" flattened
Available Sizes: 8", 10", 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8105-6 2" 1-1/2” 6" 6-1/2"
8105-8 2” 1-1/2” 8" 8-1/2"
8105-0 2” 1-1/2” 10" 10-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630, 630-AM,643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl pr Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1”
FLATTED
1/2 ROUND
A
Hinges & pivots
B15
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B15
Architectural pulls and push bars
8145EZHD 45° Offset solid door pull
Available Sizes: 8", 10", 12", 18"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Complies with ADA and Barrier Free Applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C” Offset "D"
8145EZHD-8 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 8" 9" 2-1/2"
8145EZHD-0 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 10" 11" 2-1/2"
8145EZHD-2 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 12" 13" 2-1/2"
8145EZHD-18 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 18” 19” 2-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1"
ROUND
Ives Architectural hardware products
B16
A
Hinges & pivots
B16
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
8190HD 90° Offset solid door pull
Available Sizes: 8", 10", 12", 18"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C” Offset "D"
8190HD-8 3-1/4" 2-1/4” 8" 9" 3-1/4"
8190HD-0 3-1/4" 2-1/4” 10" 11" 3-1/4"
8190HD-2 3-1/4" 2-1/4” 12" 13" 3-1/4"
8190HD-18 3-1/4" 2-1/4” 18” 19” 3-1/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1"
ROUND
A
Hinges & pivots
B17
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B17
Architectural pulls and push bars
8190EZHD 90° Offset solid door pull
Available Sizes: 8”, 10", 12", 18"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Complies with ADA and Barrier Free Applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C” Offset "D"
8190EZHD-8 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 8" 9" 3-1/4"
8190EZHD-0 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 10" 11" 3-1/4"
8190EZHD-2 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 12" 13" 3-1/4"
8190EZHD-18 3-1/2" 2-1/2” 18” 193-1/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1"
ROUND
Ives Architectural hardware products
B18
A
Hinges & pivots
B18
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
1”
ROUND
9100HD Solid push bar
Available in standard lengths of 28” and 33”.
Also available in whole 1" increments from 25" to 45".
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, NO, NS, O, P, PQ, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Projection "A" Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
2-1/2" 1-1/2" 25-45" Add 1" to CTC length
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Available in 316 Series Stainless Steel, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 629-316, 630, 630-316, 630-AM,
643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of push bars for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined push bar, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Caution
The length of push bar should not interfere with the door jamb or cause a pinch point
A
Hinges & pivots
B19
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B19
Architectural pulls and push bars
1"
ROUND
9103EZHD Solid straight pull/push bar combo
(8103EZHD Pull + 9100HD Push)
Available in standard lengths of 28” and 33”.
Also available in whole 1" increments from 25" to 45".
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Pull Side complies with ADA and Barrier Free Applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
NO, NS, PQ
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number CTC Push CTC Pull Projection Push & Pull
9103EZHD 25 to 45" 8" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9103EZHD 25 to 45" 10" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9103EZHD 25 to 45" 12" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Caution
The length of push bar should not interfere with the door jamb or cause a pinch point
Ives Architectural hardware products
B20
A
Hinges & pivots
B20
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
9145EZHD 45° Offset pull/push bar combo
(8145HD pull + 9100HD push)
Available in standard lengths of 28” and 33”.
Also available in whole 1" increments from 25" to 45".
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Pull Side complies with ADA and Barrier Free Applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
NO, NS, PQ
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number CTC Push CTC Pull Projection Push & Pull
9145EZHD 25 to 45" 8" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9145EZHD 25 to 45" 10" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9145EZHD 25 to 45" 12" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9145EZHD 25 to 45" 18" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Caution
The length of push bar should not interfere with the door jamb or cause a pinch point
1"
ROUND
A
Hinges & pivots
B21
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B21
Architectural pulls and push bars
1"
ROUND
9190HD Solid 90° Offset pull/push bar combo
(8190HD pull + 9100HD push)
Available in standard lengths of 28” and 33”.
Also available in whole 1" increments from 25" to 45".
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of
1-1/2" to 1-3/4" unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick
doors.
Comes Standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for
details)
NO, NS, PQ
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number CTC Push CTC Pull Projection push & pull
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 8" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 10" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 12" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 18" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Caution
The length of push bar should not interfere with the door jamb or cause a pinch point
Ives Architectural hardware products
B22
A
Hinges & pivots
B22
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Architectural pulls and push bars
1"
ROUND
9190EZHD Solid 90° Offset pull/push bar combo
(8190EZHD pull + 9100HD push)
Available in standard lengths of 28” and 33”.
Also available in whole 1" increments from 25" to 45".
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Pull Side complies with ADA and Barrier Free Applications
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
NO, NS, PQ
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number CTC Push CTC Pull Projection push & pull
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 8" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 10" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 12" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
9190EZHD 25 to 45" 18" 2-1/2" & 3-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629-316, 630-316, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Caution
The length of push bar should not interfere with the door jamb or cause a pinch point
A
Hinges & pivots
B23
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B23
Decorative pulls
8112-5 Solid door pull
Sizes: 5-1/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
8 x 1" wood screws
Surface mount only
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8112-5 2-13/16" 1-7/16” 5-5/8" 7-1/2"
Finishes
Available in Brass substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish code,
finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
626, 626-AM
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
1"
ROUND
BASE
1”
FLATTED
1/2 ROUND
1”
FLATTED
1/2 ROUND
1-7/8"
SURFACE
MOUNTED
8111-5 Solid door pull
Sizes: 5 1/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes Standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)F, G
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8111-5 1-3/16" 1-3/16” 5-1/4" 6-1/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 629, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Ives Architectural hardware products
B24
A
Hinges & pivots
B24
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8121 Solid door pull
Sizes: 5-3/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
8-32 x 1" machine screw and #8 x 1" wood screw
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
K
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8121-5 3-1/2" 1-7/16” 5-3/4" 8-3/4"
Finishes
Available in Brass substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish code,
finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
626, 626-AM
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
C
A
1-1/2”
HOSPITAL
B
A
Hinges & pivots
B25
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B25
Decorative pulls
8169 C Style (tubular series) offset solid door pull
1" Diameter pull bar
Available Sizes: 10", 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8169-0 3" 2" 6-1/2" 10 11
8169-2 3" 2" 6-1/2" 12 13
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
B
A
C
1"
ROUND
Ives Architectural hardware products
B26
A
Hinges & pivots
B26
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8181 Georgian 90° offset solid door pull
1" Round pull (Grip Area 1.1/4")
Available sizes: 12", 16", 18"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset "D" Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8181-2 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 4" 12" 12-3/4"
8181-16 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 4" 16" 16-3/4"
8181-18 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 4" 18" 18-3/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 628, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
D
B
2"
A
Hinges & pivots
B27
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B27
Decorative pulls
8189 Athens offset tubular door pull
1-1/4" Diameter pull bar with 1-1/4" Diameter mounting posts
Available sizes: 19 3/16"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset "D" Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8181-19 2-5/8" 1-3/8" 1-1/2" 19-13/16" 29.5"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
D
A
B
Non directional
finish typ
US32
Finish
US32
Finish
C
3"
1-3/8"
D
A
B
Non directional
finish typ
US32
Finish
US32
Finish
C
3"
1-3/8"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B28
A
Hinges & pivots
B28
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8281 Georgian straight solid door pull
1" Round pull (grip area 1.1/4")
Available sizes: 12", 16", 18"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A” Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8181-2 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 12" 12-3/4"
8181-16 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 16" 16-3/4"
8181-18 3-1/8" 1-7/8" 18" 18-3/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 628, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Qsgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
C
B
1"
1-1/4"
1-7/8"
A
Hinges & pivots
B29
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B29
Decorative pulls
8312 Plymouth offset solid door pull
1-7/16" Max grip diameter
Available Sizes: 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset "D" Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8312-2 3" 1-9/16" 1-1/2" 12" 14"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
D
B C
A3-1/8"
1-7/8"
1-7/16" 1-3/16"
2"
5/8"
3/4"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B30
A
Hinges & pivots
B30
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8320 Plymouth offset solid door pull
1-1/4" Max grip diameter
Available Sizes: 20"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset "D" Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8320-20 3-7/8" 2-5/8" 2-7/8" 20" 22"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
C
B
A
D
1-1/4" 1-1/4"
4-5/8"
3/4"
A
Hinges & pivots
B31
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B31
Decorative pulls
8371 Addison flat tip straight solid door pull
1" Round pull with 1-1/4" base mounting posts
Available sizes: 12", 18", 24"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16" mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C
8371-2 3-7/16" 2" 12" 16"
8371-18 3-7/16" 2" 18" 22"
8371-24 3-7/16" 2" 24" 28"
Finishes
Available in Brass substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish code,
finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
C
B
A
1" D
2"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B32
A
Hinges & pivots
B32
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8372 Camelot steeple tip straight tubular door pull
1" Round pull with 2" base mounting posts
Available sizes: 12", 18", 24"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
5/16-18 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, I, J, L, O, P
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8372-2 2-7/8" 1-7/8" 12" 17"
8372-18 2-7/8" 1-7/8" 18" 23"
8372-24 2-7/8" 1-7/8" 24" 29"
Finishes
Available in Brass substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish code,
finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
C
B
A
1" D
1-7/8"
A
Hinges & pivots
B33
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B33
Decorative pulls
8373 Brookshire acorn tip straight tubular door pull
1" Round pull with 2" base mounting posts
Available sizes: 12", 18", 24"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
5/16-18 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, I, J, L, O, P
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8372-2 3" 1-7/8" 12" 16-5/16"
8372-18 3" 1-7/8" 18" 22-5/16"
8372-24 3" 1-7/8" 24" 28-5/16"
Finishes
Available in Brass substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish code,
finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
CB
A
1" Dia.
1-7/8"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B34
A
Hinges & pivots
B34
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8700 Greenwich arc straight solid door pull
3/4" Round pull
Available sizes: 9", 12", 18", 24"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, I, J, L, O, P
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C
8700-9 2-3/8" 1-5/8" 9" 12-9/16"
8700-2 2-3/8" 1-5/8" 12" 15-9/16"
8700-18 2-3/8" 1-5/8" 18" 21-9/16"
8700-24 2-3/8" 1-5/8" 24" 27-9/16"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
A
1" DIA
1-3/8"
C
B
A
Hinges & pivots
B35
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B35
Decorative pulls
8800 Greenwich arc offset solid door pull
3/4" Round pull
Available sizes: 9", 12", 18", 24"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, I, J, L, O, P
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Offset "D" Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8800-9 2-1/8" 1-3/8" 1" 9" 12-9/16"
8800-2 2-1/8" 1-3/8" 1" 12" 15-9/16"
8800-18 2-1/8" 1-3/8" 1" 18" 21-9/16"
8800-24 2-1/8" 1-3/8" 1" 24" 27-9/16"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
3/4" DIA
B
C
D
A
Ives Architectural hardware products
B36
A
Hinges & pivots
B36
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative pulls
8848 Latitude straight solid door pull
1" Round pull with 2" Round black mounting posts
Available sizes: 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C”
8848-2 2-1/2" 1-1/2" 12" 17"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 613, 619, 625, 626, 630, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
B
C
1"
2"
2"
1-1/2"
A
B
C
1"
2"
2"
1-1/2"
A
A
Hinges & pivots
B37
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B37
Decorative pulls
8975 Rhodes straight solid door pull
1-1/4" X 1/2" Flat pull with 3/4" round mounting posts
Available sizes: 12"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
5/16-18 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Accessory package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, I, J, L, O, P
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Product number Projection “A Clearance Center to center “B” Overall length “C
8975-2 2-1/4" 1-3/4" 12" 18"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum substrate. See general information section for specific BHMA finish
code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
628
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl (glass doors)
Custom lengths are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
B
C
1/2"
1-1/4"
1-3/4"
A
Ives Architectural hardware products
B38
A
Hinges & pivots
B38
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Long door pulls
PR9264F 72-56 US32D P 1/2"
Single/Pair Model Length Center to center Finish Mounting Door thickness
PR 9264F 72 56 US32D P 1/2"
Single/Pair
“Blank” Single pull machined with standard threads
PR Pair of pulls - One pull machined with standard
threads and one pull machined for back to back
mounting
Nsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting
Qsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting
(glass doors)
Model
9264 Oset long door pull, rounded tips
9264F Oset long door pull, flat tips
9266 Straight long door pull, rounded tips
9266F Straight long door pull, flat tips
Length
12 12"
18 18"
24 24"
36 36"
72 72"
Center to Center
88"
12 12"
18 18"
20 20"
56 56"
Finish
605 Bu Brass US3
606 Satin Brass US4
613 Antique Bronze US108
619 Satin Nickel US15
629-316 Bu Stainless - 316 Substrate US32D-316
630-316 Satin Stainless - 316 Substrate US32D-316
643e/716 Aged Bronze ---
BLK Matte black ---
Mounting hardware
STD Thru-bolt with decorative washer
AConcealed mount - aluminum doors
IConcealed mount - wood doors
LConcealed mount - hollow metal doors
NBack to back mount
ODecorative thru-bolt
PBack to back mount - glass doors
QDecorative thru-bolt - glass doors
XThru-bolt - security screw and decorative washer
MB Additional mounting bracket (centered)
Door thickness
1-3/4" Standard
2" Optional
2-1/4" Optional
How to order:
A
Hinges & pivots
B39
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B39
Long door pulls
9624
Offset bracket
9266 Straight
long door pull
Note: A middle position bracket is
required for pulls over 8 feet.
Flat tip
(F Option)
Round tip
(Standard)
9264 Offset long door pull, rounded tip
9266 Straight long door pull, rounded tip
1-1/4" Diameter tubular bar
Round tip is standard
Optional flat Tip (F) is available. Specify F after model number when ordering.
Available in whole 1" increments from 12" to 96"
Other lengths available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, I, L, N, O, P, Q, X
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Standard lengths
Product number Projection Clearance Offset Overall Length CTC
9264-72-56 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 3-5/8" 72" 56"
9264-36-20 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 3-5/8" 36" 20"
9264-24-18 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 3-5/8" 24" 18"
9264-18-12 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 3-5/8" 18" 12"
9264-12-8 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 3-5/8" 12" 8"
9266-72-56 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 72" 56"
9266-36-20 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 36" 20"
9266-24-18 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 24" 18"
9266-18-12 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 18" 12"
9266-12-8 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 12" 8"
Finishes
Available in Brass and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section for specific
BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
316 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 613, 619, 629-316, 630-316, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
If not specified, standard center to center length for pulls 36" or longer is 16" less than total
pull length (8" from each end of the pull). Center to center length must be specified for
lengths less than 36".
Ex. 72" Long pull has a 56" Center to Center
If the center to center length is less than half the total pull length, consult customer service.
Specify PR when ordering a set of push bars for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined push bar, specify Nsgl or Psgl (glass doors)
Additional mounting post required for lengths greater than 96". Mid posts are optional for
other lengths. Specify mid post location when ordering
.
Caution
Recommend the length of the ladder pull should not exceed 4" less than the door height
Ives Architectural hardware products
B40
A
Hinges & pivots
B40
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Push and pull plates
PR8303-8 US32D 4X16 N 1-3/4"
Single/Pair Model Center to center Finish Plate W X H Mounting Door thickness
PR 8303 8US32D 4 X 16 N 1-3/4"
Single/Pair
“Blank” Single pull machined with standard threads
PR Pair of pulls and plates - One pull machined
with standard threads and one pull machined for
back to back mounting
Nsgl Single pull machined for back to back mounting
Model
8200 Push Plate
8300 Pull plate (less pull)
8302 Pull plate (with 8102 pull)
8303 Pull plate (with 8103 pull)
8305 Pull plate (with 8105 pull)
8311 Pull plate (with 8111 pull)
Pull center to center
55-1/4" (8111 only)
66" (8102HD and 8105 only)
88" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8105 only)
010" (8102HD, 8103HD, 8105 only)
212" (8103HD only)
Finish
605 Bu Brass US3
606 Satin Brass US4
612 Satin Bronze US10
613 Antique Bronze US108
619 Satin Nickel US15
625 Bu Chrome US26
626 Satin Chrome US26D
626-AM Satin Chrome - Anti-Microbial US260-AM
628 Satin Clear Anodized US28
629 Bu Stainless US32D
630 Satin Stainless US32D
630-AM Satin Stainless - Anti-Microbial US32D-AM
643e/716 Aged Bronze ---
BLK Matte black ---
Plate width x height
3X12 3" Wide X 12" High
3.5X15 3-1/2" Wide X 15" High
4X16 4" Wide X 16" High
6X16 6" Wide X 16" High
8X16 8" Wide X 16" High
Mounting hardware
STD Thru-bolt with decorative washer
AConcealed mount - aluminum doors
FThru-bolt with countersunk hole
GConcealed mount with pull plates
IConcealed mount - wood doors
JBack to back mount (8102 only)
LConcealed mount - hollow metal doors
NBack to back mount
Door thickness
1-3/4" Standard
2" Optional
2-1/4" Optional
How to order:
A
Hinges & pivots
B41
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B41
Push and pull plates
2”
2”
2”
CFC
2”
CFT
CFC
2”
2”
CFT
8200 Push plate
8300 Pull plate, prep for pull (less pull)
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.6 for J301 Materials
Mounting
Standard mounting package
#6X5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package
#6X5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws
#6X5/8 Torx screws
Widths and heights
3" X 12"
3-1/2" X 15"
4" X 16"
6" X 16"
8" X 16"
Optional pull center to center spacing
For 8300 pull plates, plates are prepped with 2 3/8" holes for pull machining
For holes prepped for G mounting hardware, consult customer service.
5-1/4”
6”
8”
10”
12”
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 630, 630-AM, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of plates for back to back mounting
Custom widths, heights, and special cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Plates cut for cylinder or thumbturns
Plates are available with cutout for cylinder or thumbturn; standard cutout is 2” from
top and centered on plates up to 4” wide. For plates wider than 4” cutout is located
2” from outer edge, specify LH or RH. When pull location interferes with standard
cutout location a detail drawing should be furnished with the order.
Standard cutout is 1-1/4” for cylinder and 3/8” for thumbturn.
Specify CFC for cutout for cylinder or CFT for cutout for thumbturn.
For plates up to 4"
For plates greater than 4" (RH shown)
Ives Architectural hardware products
B42
A
Hinges & pivots
B42
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Push and pull plates
8302 Pull plate
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
5/16-18 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, G, I, J, L
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Standard mounting package for plate
#6 X 5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package
#6 X 5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws and
#6 X 5/8 Torx screws
Plate prepped with 2 pull mounting holes spaced at 6", 8", or 10" center to center
Widths and heights
3-1/2" X 15"
4" X 16"
6" X 16
Pull center to center
6"
8"
10"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Jsgl
Custom widths, heights, and special cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
3/4"
ROUND
A
Hinges & pivots
B43
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B43
Push and pull plates
8303 Pull plate
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
Heavy duty mounting hardware exceeds industry standards
3/8-16 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
A, F, G, I, L, N
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Standard mounting package for plate
#6 X 5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package
#6 X 5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws and
#6 X 5/8 Torx screws
Plate prepped with 2 pull mounting holes spaced at 8" or 10" center to center
Widths and heights
3-1/2" X 15"
4" X 16"
6" X 16"
Pull center to center
8"
10"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl
Custom widths, heights, and special cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
1"
ROUND
Ives Architectural hardware products
B44
A
Hinges & pivots
B44
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Push and pull plates
8305 Pull plate
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Standard mounting package for plate
#6 X 5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package
#6 X 5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws and
#6 X 5/8 Torx screws
Plate prepped with 2 pull mounting holes spaced at 6", 8", or 10"
center to center
Widths and heights
3-1/2" X 15"
4" X 16"
6" X 16"
Pull center to center
6"
8"
10"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
For one back to back machined pull, specify Nsgl
Custom widths, heights, and special cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
1”
FLATTED
1/2 ROUND
A
Hinges & pivots
B45
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B45
Push and pull plates
1”
ROUND
BASE
1”
FLATTED
1/2 ROUND
8311 Pull plate
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.06
Mounting
1/4-20 mounting hardware
Specify door thickness. Standard mounting hardware for door thickness of 1-1/2" to 1-3/4"
unless otherwise specified. Optional package available for 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors.
Comes standard with thru-bolt screws and decorative washers.
Optional mounting hardware available (see general information section for details)
F, G
Mounting hardware for other door thicknesses are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Standard mounting package for plate
#6 X 5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package
#6 X 5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws and
#6 X 5/8 Torx screws
Plate prepped with 2 pull mounting holes spaced at 5-1/4" center to center
Widths and heights
3-1/2" X 15"
4" X 16"
6" X 16"
Pull center to center
5-1/4"
Finishes
Available in Aluminum, Brass, and Stainless Steel substrates. See general information section
for specific BHMA finish code, finish description, US finish code, and substrate information.
Standard finishes available;
605, 606, 612, 613, 619, 625, 626, 626-AM, 628, 630, 630-AM, 643e/716, BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
Specify PR when ordering a set of pulls for back to back mounting
Custom widths, heights, and special cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
Ives Architectural hardware products
B46
A
Hinges & pivots
B46
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Protection plates
Types of protection plates
Mop plates
Protect the bottom of the pull side of door subject to cleaning and mopping
procedures.
Size Ranges: 4” to 6” high, 22” to 48” wide
Kick plates
Protect the bottom of the push side of doors subject to scuffing from foot traffic.
Recommended for all doors subject to normal use (especially doors using a
closer).
Size Ranges: 8” to 24” high, 22” to 48” wide
Stretcher plates
Protect doors at specific areas where consistent contact is made by stretchers,
service carts or other equipment.
Usually applied to push side of doors.
Specify “B4E” Option for beveled edges.
Size Ranges: 6” to 8” high, 22” to 48” wide
Armor plates
Protect lower half of doors from abuse by hard carts, trucks and rough usage.
Usually applied to push side of single doors and both sides of double acting doors.
Size Ranges: 26” to 48” high, 22” to 48” wide
A
Hinges & pivots
B47
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B47
Protection plates
8400 Commercial protection plates
8402 UL Commercial protection plates
Door protection plates are available in .050" thick brass, stainless steel or aluminum; and 1/8" thick high impact polyethylene in
clear or black.
All plates, metal and plastic, come standard with four beveled edges and countersunk mounting holes (B-CS).
Protection plates must be ordered in 1/2" increments. Available in other sizes, consult customer service
For 8402 UL Plates, UL mark appears in upper right corner. Not available on plastic protection plates.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.6 for J301
UL protection plates certified to UL10C
Mounting
Standard mounting package, 16 per pack
#6 X 5/8 oval head screws
Optional TEK/TORX package, specify TK-TX
#6 X 5/8 Self-drilling, Self-tapping screws
#6 X 5/8 Torx screws
Finishes
Aluminum 5005 Series, Brass C26800 Series, Stainless Steel 300
Series, Plastic
BHMA Description Substrate Finish Max sizes
605 Bright Brass Brass US3 24"X48"
606 Satin Brass Brass US4 24"X48"
612 Satin Bronze Brass US10 24"X48"
613 Oil rubbed Bronze Brass US10B 36"X48"
619 Satin Nickel Brass US15 24"X48"
625 Bright Chrome Brass US26 36"X48"
626 Satin Chrome Brass US26D 24"X48"
628 Satin Aluminium Aluminium US28 48"X48"
629 Bright Stainless Steel Stainless Steel US32 48"X48"
630 Satin Stainless Steel Stainless Steel US32D 48"X48"
654 Satin Stainless Steel Stainless Steel US32D 48"X48"
BLK Matte black Stainless Steel BLK 24"X48"
P-BLK Black Plastic P-BLK 48"X48"
CLR Clear Plastic CLR 48"X48"
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available options
Specify B-NH for no mounting holes. (Not available on 8402. Available only with US32D, US32, US3, US4, US28, Clear, Black only)
Specify B-NHA for no mounting holes with adhesive.
Specify ERS prepped with extra row of screws.
Special Cut-outs are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory
Gasket tape kit tape is recommended when using a brass plate on a metal door to reduce tarnishing from electrolytic oxidation.
One tape pack will cover an the perimeters of a 8" x 34" kickplate. Order 8401 gasket tape.
Number of screw packs required by plate size
(specify TEK Screws or TORK screws)
22”-25” 26”-33” 34”-41” 42”-48”
4”-8” 1 1 1 1
9”-16 1 1 1 1
17”-24” 1 1 1 2
25”-32” 1 1 2 2
33”-40” 1 2 2 2
41”-48” 2222
Ives Architectural hardware products
B48
A
Hinges & pivots
B48
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Vandal resistant trim
VR810 VR814
VR810-DT with black grip
VR814-DT without black grip
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size.
Product number Width Height Thru-bolt pattern
(4 holes)
Clearance
grip to door
Projection
VR810DT 5-1/4" 11" 1-3/4" wide x 7-3/4" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip.
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
A
Hinges & pivots
B49
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B49
Vandal resistant trim
VR810-NL LHR with black grip
VR810-NL RHR with black grip
VR814-NL LHR without black grip
VR814-NL RHR without black grip
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Product number Width Height Thru-bolt pattern
(4 holes)
Clearance
grip to door
Projection
VR810NL 5-1/4" 11" 1-3/4" wide x 7-3/4" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless steel US32D
304 Series Stainless steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Additional information
1-5/8" cylinder hole cut-out, located 1-13/16 above horizontal center line and centered
between mounting studs on vertical center line
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool
Comes with cylinder cup
Ives Architectural hardware products
B50
A
Hinges & pivots
B50
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Vandal resistant trim
VR810-NL-V with black grip
VR814-NL-V without black grip
For use with Falcon 25-R or 25-V Series exit devices
Thru-bolts direct to the exit device
Night latch operation (cylinder not furnished)
Non-handed, horizontal keyway
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Product number Width Height Thru-bolt pattern
(4 holes)
Clearance
grip to door
Projection
VR810NL-V 5-1/4" 11" 1-3/4" wide x 7-3/4" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion
resistance. Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Additional information
1-5/8" cylinder hole cut-out, located 1-13/16 above horizontal center line and centered
between mounting studs on vertical center line
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool.
Comes with cylinder cup
A
Hinges & pivots
B51
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B51
Vandal resistant trim
VR900 RHR with black grip
VR900 LHR with black grip
VR904 RHR without black grip
VR904 LHR without black grip
For use with most mortise locks on outswinging doors including Schlage L9000 Series with
interior L or N escutcheon, and rose trim.
Built-in lock protector prevents tampering on certain models.
Handed design allows trim to be positioned to coordinate with the centerline of inside
hardware.
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 1/4-20 X 1-1/4" and 1/4-20 X 1-3/4" mounting screws with
countersunk washers
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
7-1 /4" 11" 2" wide x 10" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip.
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
1-1/2" cylinder hole cut-out, located 2-7/32 above horizontal center Line and 1/4" offset from
vertical center line towards the hinge side of the door.
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied.
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool.
Comes with cylinder cup
Additional cut-outs and locations are available as engineering special, consult customer
service.
Ives Architectural hardware products
B52
A
Hinges & pivots
B52
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Vandal resistant trim
VR900LLP RH with black grip
VR900LLP LH with black grip
VR904LLP RH without black grip
VR904LLP LH without black grip
For use with most mortise locks on outswinging doors including Schlage L9000 Series
with interior L or N escutcheon, and rose trim
Handed design allows trim to be positioned to coordinate with the centerline of
inside hardware
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 1/4-20 X 1-1/4" and 1/4-20 X 1-3/4" mounting screws with
countersunk washers
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
5-1/4" 11" 1-3/4" wide x 10" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Additional information
1-1/2" cylinder hole cut-out, located 2-7/32 above Horizontal center line and 1/4" offset from
vertical center line towards the hinge side of the door
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied.
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool
Comes with cylinder cup
Additional cut-outs and locations are available as engineering special, consult customer
service
A
Hinges & pivots
B53
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B53
Vandal resistant trim
VR910-DT with black grip
VR914-DT without black grip
For use with Von Duprin 98/99 Series rim and vertical rod exit device
Thru-bolts direct to the exit device
Pull operation only
Non-handed
Size
11 Gauge (0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
5-1/4" 11" 1-3/8" wide x 7" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Ives Architectural hardware products
B54
A
Hinges & pivots
B54
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Vandal resistant trim
VR910-NL with black grip
VR914-NL without black grip
For use with Von Duprin 98/99 Series rim and vertical rod exit device
Thru-bolts direct to the exit device
Non-handed, horizontal keyway
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
5-1/4" 11" 1-3/8" wide x 7" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Additional information
1-5/8" cylinder hole cut-out,centered on horizontal center line and 1/4" offset from vertical
center line towards the lock side of the door
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool.
Comes with cylinder cup
Additional cut-outs and locations are available as engineering special, consult
customer service
A
Hinges & pivots
B55
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B55
Vandal resistant trim
VR910M-DT with black grip
VR914M-DT without black grip
For use with Von Duprin 9875/9975 mortise lock exit device
Built-in lock protector prevents tampering on certain models.
Thru-bolts direct to the exit device
Non-handed
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
7-1 /4" 11" 1-3/8" wide x 7" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Ives Architectural hardware products
B56
A
Hinges & pivots
B56
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Vandal resistant trim
VR910M-NL RHR with black grip
VR910M-NL LHR with black grip
VR914M-NL RHR without black grip
VR914M-NL LHR without black grip
For use with Von Duprin 9875/9975 mortise lock exit device
Night latch operation (cylinder not furnished)
Built-in lock protector prevents tampering on certain models.
Thru-bolts direct to the exit device
Non-handed, horizontal keyway
Size
11 Gauge(0.120" thick)
Mounting
For door thickness 1-3/4-2-1/4". 10-24 X 1" and 10-24 X 1-1/2" mounting screw size
Width Height Thru-bolt pattern (4 holes) Clearance grip to door Projection
7-1 /4" 11" 1-3/4" wide x 10" high 1-1/2" 1-7/8"
Finishes
Available in Stainless Steel US32D
304 Series Stainless Steel standard, exceeding industry standards for corrosion resistance.
Recommended for external applications
Models are available with or without attractive black plastisol edge grip.
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional information
1-5/8" cylinder hole cut-out,centered on horizontal center line and 1/4" offset from vertical
center line towards the lock side of the door
Designed for use with 1-1/4" cylinders. Other cylinders may require additional blocking rings,
not supplied.
Protective cylinder collar spins to reduce damage from pipe wrench or other tool.
Comes with cylinder cup
Additional cut-outs and locations are available as engineering special, consult
customer service.
A
Hinges & pivots
B57
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B57
Flush pulls
22 Flush pull - rectangle
Low profile makes this pull ideal for louvered, bi-folding or wardrobe doors.
Extra deep recess and reverse tapered grip provide for ease of pulling and gripping.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B22201 and A156.14 D2781
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Satin brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
1-5/16" High x 3-1/8" Wide x 7/16" Deep
218 Flush pull - small circle
Ideal for use on sliding doors.
Easy installation.
Packaged 4 per bag
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B22201 and A156.14 D2781
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Satin brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
Inside cup diameter: 3/4"
Overall diameter: 1"
Depth: 3/8"
1-3/16"
0.44"
0.72"
0.656"
Ref.
0.875"
Ref.
0.15" R Max.
0.97"
2-7/16"
2.375" Max.
0.22"
1"
0.775"
0.770"
0.278"
0.062"
0.340"
0.0156 R"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B58
A
Hinges & pivots
B58
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Flush pulls
221 Flush pull - large circle
Ideal for use on sliding doors.
Built-in prong design eliminates the need for screws or brads and facilitates installation.
Packed with two escutcheon pins for added holding power.
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B22201 and A156.14 D2781
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened Brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
Inside cup diameter: 2-1/8"
Overall diameter: 2-7/16"
Depth: 7/16"
2-1/8"
2-7/16"
2-7/16"
13/32"
222 Flush pull - rectangle
Low profile makes this pull ideal for louvered, bi-folding or wardrobe doors.
Reverse tapered grip provide for ease of pulling.
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B12201 and A156.14 D1781
Material substrate
Made from cast brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened Brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-1/8" high x 1-5/16" wide x 15/32" deep
3-1/8"
2-15/16"
Pull body
Back plate
9/64"
3/8"
1"
1-5/16"
A
Hinges & pivots
B59
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B59
Flush pulls
223 Flush pull - oval
Low profile makes this pull ideal for louvered, bi-folding or wardrobe doors.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B22201 and A156.14 D2781
Material Substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-9/16" high x 1-5/16" wide x 14/32" deep
3-9/16"
13/32"
1-5/16 "
3/64 R"
1-5/16"
7/8"
227 Flush pull - deep well
Contoured for ease of pulling.
Extra deep well.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 B22201 and A156.14 D2781
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened Brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-5/8" high x 1-3/4" wide x 9/16" deep
3-5/8"
17/32"
17/32"
1-3/4"
1/4" 1 /4"
1-7/16"
1-3/4"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B60
A
Hinges & pivots
B60
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative flush pulls
919 Decorative flush pull - oval
Contoured for ease of pulling.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications. Surface #6 X 3/4" OH PH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 and A156.14
Material substrate
Made from brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
4-23/32" high x 1-19/22" wide x 15/32" deep
1-19/32”
1-3/32”
4-1/4”
3-3/4”
4-23/32”
15/32”
950 Decorative flush pull - rectangle
Features a finger pocket for ease of pulling.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications. Concealed #6 X 3/4" OH PH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9 and A156.14
Material substrate
Made from brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-3/4" high x 2-7/8" wide x 11/16" deep
A
Hinges & pivots
B61
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B61
Decorative flush pulls
955 Decorative flush pull - square, deep well
Features a finger pocket for ease of pulling.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications. Exposed #6 X 3/4" FH PH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.9 and A156.14
Material substrate
Made from brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
4-5/8" high x 3-29/32" wide x 1-3/16" deep
960 Decorative flush pull - rectangle, narrow
Features a finger pocket for ease of pulling.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications. Concealed #6 X 3/4" OH PH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9 and A156.14
Material substrate
Made from brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-1/16" high x 1-7/8" wide x 9/16" deep
Ives Architectural hardware products
B62
A
Hinges & pivots
B62
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative flush pulls
962 Decorative flush pull - rectangle
Features a finger pocket for ease of pulling.
Black painted finger pocket
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications. Concealed #8 X 3/4" OH PH
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9 and A156.14
Material substrate
Made from brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-15/16" high x 2-7/16" wide x 19/32" deep
2 7/16"
1 3/8" 1/4"
9/32"
3 3/8" 3 11
/16"
9/32"
1/8"
1/8"B
A
3 15/16"
A
13/16"
A
Hinges & pivots
B63
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B63
Sliding door pulls
230 Sliding door edge pull
3/4" width allows installation on narrow as well as standard doors.
Spring automatically returns lever flush with plate.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.14 D2801
Material substrate
Made from solid brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened Brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
3-7/8" high x 3/4" wide
42 Pocket sliding door bolt
Exclusive Ives design permits emergency release of bolt from outside the door.
Spring activated design allows feather-touch action.
Brass grommet supplied to cap release hole, protecting the doors finish.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened Brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
Overall size plate: 3-1/16" high x 1-5/32" wide
Strike: 1" high x 3/4" wide
Depth of mortise: 5/8"
Ives Architectural hardware products
B64
A
Hinges & pivots
B64
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Sliding door pulls
990 Sliding door pull
Fits doors 1-3/8" to 1-1/2".
Decorative coined edges.
Pre-assembled for doors opening left to right. Plates are reversible.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Body and strike made from solid brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin Nickel Aluminum A15
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
--- Aged Bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
605 Bright brass Brass B3
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B613
619 Satin Nickel Brass B619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged Bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
1-3/4" D x 2-1/4" H
A
Hinges & pivots
B65
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products B65
Sliding door pulls
991 Sliding door pull - privacy
Fits doors 1-3/8" to 1-1/2".
Decorative coined edges.
Pre-assembled for doors opening left to right. Plates are reversible.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Body and strike made from solid brass.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin Nickel Aluminum A15
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
--- Aged Bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
605 Bright brass Brass B3
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B613
619 Satin Nickel Brass B619
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged Bronze Brass B-643e/716
Dimensions
1-3/4" D x 2-1/4" H
Screen door pull
25 Screen door pull
Also used as a window lift, drawer or utility pull
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12231
Material Substrate
Cast aluminum
Dimensions
Length 4-7/8"
Projection 1-5/32"
Mounting holes 4-1/8" center to center
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
B66
A
Hinges & pivots
B66
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Notes
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C1
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C1
Flush bolts and coordinators
Table of contents
Automatic flush bolts – Metal doors
FB31P Top and bottom bolts (pair) ......................................................................................C2
FB31T Top bolt only...................................................................................................................C2
FB31B Bottom bolt only ...........................................................................................................C2
FB32 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch .................................................................................. C3
FB33 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch and retrofit plate ................................................ C3
Automatic flush bolts – Wood doors
FB41P Top and bottom bolts (pair) ......................................................................................C4
FB41T Top bolt only ..................................................................................................................C4
FB41B Bottom bolt only ...........................................................................................................C4
FB42 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch .................................................................................C5
Constant latching flush bolts – Metal doors
FB51P Top and bottom bolts (pair) ......................................................................................C6
FB51T Top bolt only ..................................................................................................................C6
FB52 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch ................................................................................. C7
FB53 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch and retrofit plate ................................................ C7
Constant latching flush bolts – Wood doors
FB61P Top and bottom bolts (pair) ......................................................................................C8
FB61T Top bolt only ..................................................................................................................C8
FB62 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch .................................................................................C9
Manual flush bolts
261 Flush bolt - 4" .................................................................................................................... C10
262 Flush bolt - 6" square end ...............................................................................................C11
265 Flush bolt - 6" round end ................................................................................................C12
Manual flush bolts – Wood doors
FB358 Top or bottom bolts ....................................................................................................C13
Manual flush bolts – Metal doors
FB457 Top or bottom bolts ................................................................................................... C14
FB458 Top or bottom bolts ...................................................................................................C15
Dust proof strikes
DP1 Dust proof strike - round face plate ............................................................................ C16
DP2 Dust proof strike - rectangular face plate ................................................................. C16
How to order COR and accessories .......................................................................................C17
Coordinators – Bar coordinators
COR Bar coodinators ............................................................................................................... C19
Coordinators – Filler bars
FL Filler bars ............................................................................................................................. C20
Coordinators – Mounting brackets
MB1 and MB2 Mounting brackets ..........................................................................................C21
MB1F, MB2F and MB3F Fire rated mounting brackets....................................................C22
MB1V, MB2V and MB3V ..........................................................................................................C22
Coordinators – Gravity coordinators
COR7G and COR9G Gravity coordinators ............................................................................ C23
Coordinators - Carry bar
CB1 Carry Bar .............................................................................................................................C24
Ives Architectural hardware products
C2
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C2
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Automatic flush bolts – Metal doors
Top
Bolt
Bottom
Bolt
FB31P Top and bottom bolts (pair)
FB31T Top bolt only
FB31B Bottom bolt only
For use with metal doors only
Fully automatic—inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when active door closes, door is
unlatched, bolts retract when active door is opened.
Low actuation forces—top bolt has no spring tension.
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard Rod Length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the
bolt tip.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 25
Fits standard ANSI A115.4 door frame preparations.
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 10’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Hieight X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 2" 1" x 1-27/32" x 27/32" x
3/32"
15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24", 36" and 48".
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C3
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C3
Automatic flush bolts – Metal doors
Top
bolt
Auxiliary
fire latch
FB32 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch
FB33 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch and retrofit plate
For use with metal doors only
Fully automatic—inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when active door closes, door is
unlatched, bolts retract when active door is opened.
FB32 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt
FB33 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt and includes a retrofit plate to
cover existing bottom bolt prep.
Low actuation forces—top bolt has no spring tension.
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard rod length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the bolt
tip.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 25
Fits standard ANSI A115.4 door frame preparations.
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X 1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Height X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 2" 1" x 1-27/32" x 27/32" x
3/32"
15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Auxiliary fire latch size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Retrofit plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 1-3/4" x 3-1/4" 1" x 6-3/4" x 3/32"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24", 36" and 48".
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C4
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C4
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Automatic flush bolts – Wood doors
Top
bolt
Bottom
bolt
FB41P Top and bottom bolts (pair)
FB41T Top bolt only
FB41B Bottom bolt only
For use with wood doors only
Fully automatic—inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when active door closes, door is
unlatched, bolts retract when active door is opened.
Low actuation forces—top bolt has no spring tension.
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 25
UL Listed 90 Min fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 8-1/2" x 2" 1" x 6" x 1/8" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C5
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C5
Automatic flush bolts – Wood doors
Top
bolt Auxiliary
fire latch
FB42 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch
For use with Metal doors only
Fully automatic—inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when active door closes, door is
unlatched, bolts retract when active door is opened.
FB42 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt
Low actuation forces—top bolt has no spring tension.
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 25
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 8-1/2" x 2" 1" x 6" x 1/8" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Auxiliary Fire Latch Size
(Width X Length X Depth)
1" x 1-3/4" x 3-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C6
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C6
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Constant latching flush bolts – Metal doors
Top
bolt
Bottom
bolt
FB51P Top and bottom bolts (pair)
FB51T Top bolt only
For use with metal doors only
Constant latching—inactive door remains latched until the active door is opened, releasing
the automatic bottom bolt and then the top bolt can be manually released. Inactive door will
relatch automatically when closed.
Low actuation forces
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard rod length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the
bolt tip.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 27
Fits standard ANSI A115.4 door frame preparations.
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Height X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 2" 1" x 1-27/32" x 11/16" x 3/32" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24", 36" and 48".
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C7
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C7
Constant latching flush bolts – Metal doors
Top
bolt
Auxiliary
fire latch
FB52 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch
FB53 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch and retrofit plate
For use with metal doors only
Constant latching—inactive door remains latched until the active door is opened, releasing
the automatic bottom bolt and then the top bolt can be manually released. Inactive door will
relatch automatically when closed..
FB52 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt
FB53 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt and includes a retrofit plate
to cover existing bottom bolt prep.
Low actuation forces
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard rod length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the bolt
tip.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 27
Fits standard ANSI A115.4 door frame preparations.
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Height X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 2" 1" x 1-27/32" x 11/16" x 3/32" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Auxiliary fire latch size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Retrofit plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 1-3/4" x 3-1/4" 1" x 6-3/4" x 3/32"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Additional options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24", 36" and 48".
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C8
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C8
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Constant latching flush bolts – Wood doors
Top
bolt
Bottom
bolt
FB61P Top and bottom bolts (pair)
FB61T Top bolt only
For use with wood doors only
Constant latching—inactive door remains latched until the active door is opened, releasing
the automatic bottom bolt and then the top bolt can be manually released. Inactive door will
relatch automatically when door closes.
Low actuation forces
Non-handed.
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment.
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 27
UL Listed 90 Min fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 8-1/2" x 2" 1" x 6" x 1/8" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C9
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C9
Constant latching flush bolts – Wood doors
Auxiliary
fire latch
Top
bolt
FB62 Top bolt with auxiliary fire latch
For use with metal doors only
Fully automatic—inactive door is latched, bolts are extended when active door closes, door is
unlatched, bolts retract when active door is opened
FB62 Model with auxiliary fire latch eliminates the bottom bolt
Low actuation forces
Non-handed
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 27
UL Listed 20 Min fire doors 8’0" X 8’0"
Mounting
8-32 X 3/8" UFPHMS
10-12 X1-1/4" Plastic anchor
6-32 X 3/8 FPHMS
6 X 3/4 FPHSMS
8 X 1 FPHSMS
10 X 1 FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Rub plate size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 8-1/2" x 2" 1" x 6" x 1/8" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 1/16" 1-1/4" x 1-11/16" x 3/64"
Auxiliary Fire Latch Size
(Width X Length X Depth)
1" x 1-3/4" x 3-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
BLK Matte black Stainless steel
629 Bright stainless steel Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C10
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C10
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Manual flush bolts
261 Flush bolt - 4"
An exceptionally smooth working flush bolt with sharp, crisp lines
Double action spring design provides automatic holding of brass bolt in projected or retracted
position, and assures ease of operation in conjunction with deep cup finger hole
Made from polished cast brass
Bolt tip is 5/16" Diameter
Bolt throw is 3/4"
Bolt backset is 15/32"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L04201
Mounting
5 X 5/8" FPHSMS
8 X 3/4" FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Strike size
(Width X Length)
3/4" x 4" x 1-1/8" 5/8" x 1-1/2"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
609 Satin brass Brass US5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C11
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C11
Manual flush bolts
262 Flush bolt - 6" square end
An exceptionally smooth working flush bolt with sharp, crisp lines
Double action spring design provides automatic holding of brass bolt in projected or retracted
position, and assures ease of operation in conjunction with deep cup finger hole
Made from polished cast brass
Bolt tip is 1/2" diameter
Bolt throw is 1"
Bolt backset is 15/32"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L04201
Mounting
5 X 5/8" FPHSMS
8 X 3/4" FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Strike size
(Width X Length)
3/4" x 6" x 1-11/32" 7/8" x 1-3/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
609 Satin brass Brass US5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Ives Architectural hardware products
C12
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C12
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Manual flush bolts
265 Flush bolt - 6" round end
A flush bolt with radiused bottom faceplate designed specifically for simple one-step
router installation
Double action spring design provides automatic holding of brass bolt in projected or retracted
position, and assures ease of operation in conjunction with deep cup finger hole
Faceplate is polished solid brass; bolt is made from aluminum zinc alloy
Bolt tip is 1/2" diameter
Bolt throw is 1"
Bolt backset is 1/2"
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L042011
Mounting
5 X 5/8" FPHSMS
8 X 3/4" FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Strike size
(Width X Length)
3/4" x 6" x 1-7/16" 7/8" x 1-3/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
609 Satin brass Brass US5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C13
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C13
Manual flush bolts – Wood doors
FB358 Top or bottom bolts
When the active door is opened, the lever can be moved to the ‘up’ position, retracting the
bolt and allowing the inactive leaf to be opened. When the inactive leaf is closed, the lever can
be moved to the ‘down’ position, projecting the bolt into the strike and securely locking the
inactive leaf
Reduces installation costs; requires only simple router mortise at top and bottom corners
of doors
Door strength and rigidity maintained by tying door faces to reinforcing extensions on guide
with machine screws and bearing washers, not supplied
Non-handed
Bolt tip 1/2" diameter
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Not available for rabbeted door installations
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L04261
UL Listed 90 Minute fire doors 8’0" X 10’0". Fire rated openings require top and botom bolt.
Mounting
8 X 1" FPHSMS
8 X 3/4" FPHSMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide Size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 1-3/8" 1" x 2-1/2" x 5/64" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 5/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C14
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C14
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Manual flush bolts – Metal doors
FB457 Top or bottom bolts
When the active door is opened, the lever can be moved to the ‘up’ position, retracting the
bolt and allowing the inactive leaf to be opened. When the inactive leaf is closed, the lever can
be moved to the ‘down’ position, projecting the bolt into the strike and securely locking the
inactive leaf.
Simplified installation in metal frames. Round bolt head requires only a punched hole. Use of
strike optional. Special design of guide and flat sided bolt tip to prevent bolt rotation.
Non-handed
Bolt tip 1/2" diameter
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard rod length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the
bolt tip
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L04261
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 10’0". Fire rated openings require top and bottom bolt.
Mounting
8-32 X 1" FPHMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide Size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1-1/4" x 6-3/4" x 1-1/8" 1" x 2" x 5/64" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 5/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24" for fire rated doors with AHJ approval, 36" and 48" for non-fire rated doors
Available accessory items
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C15
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C15
Manual flush bolts – Metal doors
FB458 Top or bottom bolts
When the active door is opened, the lever can be moved to the ‘up’ position, retracting the
bolt and allowing the inactive leaf to be opened. When the inactive leaf is closed, the lever can
be moved to the ‘down’ position, projecting the bolt into the strike and securely locking the
inactive leaf.
Simplified installation in metal frames. Round bolt head requires only a punched hole. Use of
strike optional. Special design of guide and flat sided bolt tip to prevent bolt rotation.
Non-handed
Bolt tip 1/2" diameter
Bolt throw is 3/4" with a 7/8" vertical adjustment
Bolt backset is 3/4"
Standard rod length is 12", which is measured from the center of the flush bolt body to the
bolt tip
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L04261
UL Listed 3 Hour fire doors 8’0" X 10’0". Fire rated openings require top and bottom bolt.
Mounting
8-32 X 1" FPHMS
Dimensions
Body size
(Width X Length X Depth)
Guide Size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Strike size
(Width X Length X Thickness)
1" x 6-3/4" x 1-1/8" 1" x 2" x 5/64" 15/16" x 2-1/4" x 5/64"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available options
Optional rod lengths available for top bolt only on non-fire rated openings—
18", 24" for fire rated doors with AHJ approval, 36" and 48" for non-fire rated doors
Available accessory items
DP1 and DP2 dust proof strike, see page C16
Ives Architectural hardware products
C16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C16
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Dust proof strikes
DP1
DP2
DP1 Dust proof strike - round face plate
DP2 Dust proof strike - rectangular face plate
Designed for use with the bottom bolt of all flush bolts.
Spring-loaded plunger returns to floor or threshold level anytime flush bolt is retracted,
eliminating need to clean standard floor strikes.
Strike hole is 3/4" diameter and 1-1/8" deep
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16, L14011
Mounting
8-32 X 1" FPHMS
Dimensions
DP1 Face Plate
(Diameter)
DP1 Face Plate
(Width X Length X Thickness)
Body:
(Diameter X Depth)
1-7/16" 1-5/8" x 3-1/2" x 1/8" 1-3/16" x 1-7/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619*Satin nickel Brass US15
622*Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716*Aged bronze Brass
*Finishes only available with DP2
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C17
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C17
How to order – Bar coordinators
To determine the size COR you need:
Start with the active door width (X)
Next consider the overall frame opening between
stops (F)
Preferably, the coordinator would equal the active
door width (X) + approximately 1/2 inactive door
width (Y). The coordinator must be 6" longer than
the active door width (X) and less than the overall
frame opening between stop (F).
Examples:
Pair of 30" doors, 5/8" stops
Active Door Size, X = 30"
Overall frame opening between stops, F = 58-3/4"
Recommended coordinator: COR42
Pair of 36" doors, 5/8" stops
Active door size, X = 36"
Overall frame opening between stops, F = 70-3/4"
Recommended coordinator: COR52
COORDINATO R
ACTIVE LEAF INACTIVE LEAF
ACTIVE DOOR
WIDTH
INACTIVE DOOR
WIDTH
XY
W
V
STOP THICKNESS
STOP WIDTH
F
COR 52 US28 FL20 D 36"
How to order COR and accessories
COR size:
32, 42, 52, 60, 72
Finishes:
US28, US26D, 315AN
Filler bar (if desired):
FL20, FL32, FL44
Vertical rod exit device cutout type (if applicable):
A, B, C, D, E, F, G
If other vertical rod exit device not listed on chart, from page C16,
include information as shown on page C16.
Active door size – Required for ALL vertical rod exit device applications
36" Active door, 18" Inactive door, 5/8" stops
Active door size, X = 36"
Overall frame opening between stops, F = 52-3/4"
Recommended coordinator: COR42
48" Active door, 24" Inactive door, 5/8" stops
Active door size, X = 48"
Overall frame opening between stops, F = 94-3/4"
Recommended coordinator: COR60
Ives Architectural hardware products
C18
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C18
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Coordinators - Special factory preparation
Exit device
manufacturer
Exit device
number
Device
backset
Maximum
active door
Coordinator
size needed
Coordinator
cutout type
Mounting
bracket needed
Von Duprin 5547-F 2-3/8" 33"
43"
51"
63"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type A
None
Von Duprin 8827-F 2-3/4" 33"
43"
51"
63"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type B
MB1V, MB2V
or MB3V
see page C22
Von Duprin 8847-F 2-3/8" 33"
43"
51"
63"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type C
None
Von Duprin 33/3547
33/3547-F
98/9947
98/9947-F
2-3/4" 33"
43"
51"
64"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type D
None
Von Duprin 33/3548
33/3548-F
98/9948
98/9948-F
2-3/4" 33"
43"
51"
64"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type D
None
Von Duprin 33/3547WDC
33/3547WDC-F
98/9947WDC
98/9947WDC-
F
1-5/16" 33"
43"
51"
66"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type E None
Falcon 17-C
F-17-C
18-C
F-18-C
XX-C
F-XX-C
24-C
F-24-C
25-C
F-25-C
2-3/4" 33"
43"
51"
63"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type F None
Falcon 17-C -WDC
F-17-C -WDC
18-C -WDC
F-18-C -WDC
XX-C -WDC
F-XX-C -WDC
24-C-WDC
F-24-C -WDC
25-C-WDC
F-25-C-WDC
2-13/16" 33"
43"
51"
63"
42"
52"
60"
72"
Type G None
Special factory preparation
for use with vertical rod exit
devices
Coordinators may need to
be prepared at the factory
for use with some surface or
concealed vertical rod exit
devices. (See chart)
If the exit device is not listed
the following information is
needed.
Exit device manufacturer and
model no.
Active door size, “X”
Inactive door size, “Y”
Exit device backset, “U”
Stop width, “W”
Stop thickness if other than
5/8", “V”
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C19
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C19
Coordinators – Bar coordinators
COR Bar coodinators
The COR Series coordinators are designed for use on pairs of doors when one door needs to
close before the other.
All COR units function easily. The active door lever, located nearest to the active stop, holds
the active door open until the trigger mechanism is released by the closing of the inactive leaf.
All COR units do not function correctly with swingclear hinges. Consult factory when used with
3/4" offset pivots.
All COR units are equipped with an adjustable override feature which allows the active door to
close under extreme pressure.
All COR units are compatible with flush bolts.
For openings where doors are unequal size. The coordinator length should equal the active
door width plus approximately 1/2 the inactive door width. The coordinator must be 6" longer
than the active door width and shorter than the overall frame opening between stops.
The COR Series does not cover the entire length of the stop, so a FL filler bar can be provided
to maintain architecturally clean lines.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21A
UL Listed for installation on labeled frame
Material Substrate
Aluminum 6000 Series
Sizes
The COR Series is available in five sizes for variable door opening widths.
Coordinator number Length of channel For opening widths Common applications
COR32 32" 34" - 52" Pair of 2'0" Doors
COR42 42" 52" - 72" Pair of 2'6" Doors
COR52 52" 62" - 92" Pair of 3'0" Doors
COR60 60" 70" - 108" Pair of 3'6" Doors
COR72 72" 84" - 132" Pair of 4'0" Doors
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
628 Satin alumium Aluminum US28
711 Black anodized Aluminum 313AN
713 Satin chrome Aluminum US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Available options
Optional filler bars: FL20 - 20", FL32 - 32" and FL44 - 44", available to maintain clean line.
Security pin screws
Special prep cut-outs: Required for certain vertical exit device applications.
See page C18 for common examples. If other vertical rod exit device not listed on chart is
required, include required information as shown on page C18. Consult customer service for
other applications.
Available accessory items
Optional mounting brackets available: MB1, MB2, MB1F, MB2F, MB3F, MB1V, MB2V and MB3V
for other stop applied hardware.
Security pin screws
Replacement mounting package
Replacement rub plate package
Ives Architectural hardware products
C20
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C20
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Coordinators – Filler bars
FL Filler bars
The COR Series does not cover the entire length of the stop, so a FL filler bar can be provided
to maintain architecturally clean lines.
The FL filler bars are available in three sizes for variable frame openings.
FL filler bars are field sized to frame opening.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21A
UL Listed for installation on labeled frame
Material Substrate
Aluminum 6000 Series
Sizes
Filler Bar number Length Dimensions
(Width X Depth X Length)
FL20 20" 1-5/8" x 5/8" x 20"
FL32 32" 1-5/8" x 5/8" x 32"
FL44 44" 1-5/8" x 5/8" x 44"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
628 Satin alumium Aluminum US28
711 Black anodized Aluminum 313AN
713 Satin chrome Aluminum US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C21
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C21
Coordinators – Mounting brackets
MB1 and MB2 Mounting brackets
Allows stop mounted hardware to be properly installed without damaging the COR
coordinator, such as a parallel arm closer or a non-fire-rated surface vertical rod strike.
Stop mounted hardware will need to be lowered to compensate for the height of the
coordinator and mounting bracket.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21A
Material substrate
Aluminum A380
Sizes
Product Jamb depth Stop width Dimensions
MB1 4-3/4" Min Over 2-1/2" 4" W x 3" D x 15/16" T
MB2 4-3/4" Min Up to 2-1/2" 4" W x 3-1/4" D x 1-5/8" T
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
600 Primed for paint Aluminum USP
Flat black painted Aluminum BLK
689 Aluminum painted Aluminum SP28
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Ives Architectural hardware products
C22
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C22
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Coordinators – Mounting brackets
MB1V
MB2V
MB3V
MB1F, MB2F and MB3F Fire rated mounting brackets
MB1V, MB2V and MB3V
Allows for fire-rated stop mounted hardware to be properly installed without damaging the
COR Coordinators, such as fire-rated surface vertical rod exit device strikes.
Latch will need to be lowered to compensate for the height of the coordinator and mounting
bracket.
MB-V are designed for Von Duprin 8827-F soffit latch.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21A
Material substrate
Cold rolled steel
Sizes
Product Jamb depth Stop width Dimensions
MB1F 5" 1-1/2" - 2-1/4" 4" W x 3" D x 1-5/8" T
MB1V 5" 1-1/2" - 2-1/4" 4" W x 3" D x 1-5/8" T
MB2F 5-7/8" 2-3/8" - 3-1/4" 4" W x 3" D x 1-5/8" T
MB2V 5-7/8" 2-3/8" - 3-1/4" 4" W x 3" D x 1-5/8" T
MB3F 6-7/8" Over 3-3/8" 4"W x 3-1/2" D x 1"T
MB3V 6-7/8" Over 3-3/8" 4"W x 3-1/2" D x 1"T
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
600 Primed for paint Steel USP
Flat black painted Steel BLK
689 Aluminum painted Steel SP28
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C23
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products C23
Coordinators – Gravity coordinators
COR7G and COR9G Gravity coordinators
When active door is open, coordinator prevents active door from closing until inactive door
bypasses. Closing of inactive door causes strike plate on top of door to contact cam and lift
arm, allowing active door to close. As inactive door continues closing, roller rides over strike
plate on to door bracket, holding arm above active door.
Non-handed.
Gravity action arm and door bracket are adjustable on the job for ease of installation. Rubber
roller provides quiet and efficient operation, and helps protect the astragal and doors from
damage.
Nylon roller on short arm glides smoothly over door bracket and strike, ensuring silent
operation.
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21B
UL Listed for fire doors
Mounting
8-32 X 1" FPHMS
Material substrate
Forged brass
Sizes
COR7G 7" projection
COR7G for use on pairs of doors with astragal on active door up to 4' or with astragal on
inactive door up to 3'4" or with astragal on both doors up to 2'10"
COR9G 9" projection
COR9G for use on pairs of doors with astragal on active over 4' or with astragal on inactive
door over 3'4" or with astragal on both doors over 2'10"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Replacement mounting package
Replacement roller and bolt package
Replacement rubber roller and pin package
Replacement rub plate package
Ives Architectural hardware products
C24
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C24
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Coordinators - Carry bar
CB1 Carry Bar
Used when it is possible for the inactive door to be opened before the active door
Prevents damage to the doors and other hardware
Nylon roller insures quiet and efficient operation
Non-handed
Standard sex bolts for mounting
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.3 Type 21A
Material substrate
All-steel construction
Dimensions
Door closed Door open
1.5/8" X 5.3/4" 1.5/8" X 2.1/2"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate US
600 Primed for paint Steel USP
632 Bright brass Steel US3
633 Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Dark satin bronze Steel US10B
651 Bright chrome Steel US26
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
Flat black coated Steel BLK
Custom finishes are available as engineering special, consult customer service.
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Replacement nylon roller and pin package
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D1
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D1
Surface bolts, latches & catches
Table of contents
Surface bolts
SB360 Surface bolt ...................................................................................................................D2
SB453 Surface bolt ...................................................................................................................D2
SB1630 Surface bolt..................................................................................................................D3
SB1640 Surface bolt .................................................................................................................D3
SB1600M1 Surface bolt ............................................................................................................D4
SB1600M2 Surface bolt ...........................................................................................................D4
Decorative surface bolts
40 Surface bolt, decorative light duty .................................................................................D5
253 Surface bolt, decorative heavy duty .............................................................................D5
Dutch door & mortise door bolts
054 Dutch door bolt ................................................................................................................ D6
S48 Mortise door bolt ............................................................................................................. D6
Door guards
481 Chain door guard ................................................................................................................D7
482 Solid bar door guard .........................................................................................................D7
Roller latches/optional strikes
RL30 Roller latch ...................................................................................................................... D8
RL30A Roller latch ................................................................................................................... D8
RL32 Roller latch ....................................................................................................................... D8
RL32A Roller latch .................................................................................................................... D8
RL36 Roller latch ...................................................................................................................... D9
RL36A Roller latch .................................................................................................................... D9
RL38 Roller latch ...................................................................................................................... D9
RL1152 Roller latch ...................................................................................................................D10
STK685 Strike ..........................................................................................................................D10
STK685L Strike ........................................................................................................................D10
Both strikes: ..............................................................................................................................D10
Angle stops
AS895 Angle stop ..................................................................................................................... D11
AS18 Angle stop ........................................................................................................................ D11
Latches/catches
CL11 Invisible latch ................................................................................................................... D12
CL12 Invisible latch .................................................................................................................. D12
CL14 Invisible latch, auxiliary pusher ................................................................................... D12
CL21 Ball catch .......................................................................................................................... D13
CL21A Ball catch ....................................................................................................................... D13
CL22 Ball catch ......................................................................................................................... D13
325 Magnetic catch ................................................................................................................. D14
326 Magnetic catch, dual double pole ................................................................................D14
327 Magnetic catch, dual triple pole ...................................................................................D14
330 Roller catch ....................................................................................................................... D15
335 Roller catch ....................................................................................................................... D15
336 Roller catch ....................................................................................................................... D15
345 Ball catch, adjustable ..................................................................................................... D16
347 Ball catch, dual adjustable - square corners .............................................................D16
349 Ball catch, dual adjustable - rounded corners ...........................................................D17
2 Elbow Catch ...........................................................................................................................D17
Ives Architectural hardware products
D2
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D2
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Surface bolts
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
604 Clear zinc Steel US2C
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
604 Clear zinc Steel US2C
632* Bright brass Steel US3
633* Satin brass Steel US4
639 Satin bronze Steel US10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel 643e/716
646 Satin nickel Steel US15
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
631 Matte black Steel BLK
* Only available in 8” bolt length. For other colors, consult factory.
SB360 Surface bolt
Surface bolt has 1-1/4" throw for maximum security
Jimmy-resistant design, bolt locks automatically when thrown, can be released
only be pressing knob toward door while retracting
Ideal for all types of doors
Available in 12" length
Unit locks in both the up and down position
Accepts padlock (not furnished) with maximum 3/8" diameter shackle, minimum 1-3/4"
shackle opening height
Units packed with one-way wood screws for added security
- Standard wood screws also supplied
Units packed with a universal top strike (US)
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16
UL listed for 3 hour fire doors, up to 10'0"
Miami Dade County NOA listed
Florida Building Commision listed
FEMA 361 and 320 listed
Material substrate
Heavy duty steel
Available accessory items
Sex bolts
Mortise bottom strike (MS)
Dimensions
Bar: 3/4" wide x 3/4" thick
Overall width: 2-1/32"
Overall projection: 2-1/16"
Top Strike: 1-1/2" wide x 1-1/2" long x
3/16" thick
Available mortise strike: 1-5/8" wide x
3-1/2" long x 1/8" thick
SB453 Surface bolt
Surface bolt has 1-3/16" throw for maximum security
Strong tension springs prevent creep
Ideal for all types of doors
Available 8" & 12" lengths
Units packed with standard wood screws and machine screws to meet most field conditions
Units packed with both a universal top strike (US) and a mortise bottom strike (MS)
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16 L84161
UL listed for 3 hour fire doors, up to 10'0"
Material substrate
Heavy duty steel
Available accessory items
Sex bolts
Thru bolts (machine screws with cap nuts)
not intended for use as security screws
Dimensions
Bar: 3/4" wide x 1/4" thick
Overall width: 2-1/32"
Overall projection: 1-5/16"
Top Strike: 1-1/2" wide x 1-1/2" long x
3/16" thick
Bottom strike: 1-5/8" wide x 3-1/2" long x
1/8" thick
Available mortise strike
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D3
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D3
Surface bolts
Universal
top strike
Flat bottom
strike
SB1630 Finishes
BHMA DESC SUBSTRATE Finish
604 Clear zinc Steel US2C
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel US10B
652 Satin chrome Steel US26D
SB1640 Finishes
605 Bright brass Brass US3
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
SB1630 Surface bolt
SB1640 Surface bolt
Standard surface bolt has 1" throw for maximum security
Ideal for all types of doors
Fully concealed mounting prevents vandalism
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
Comes end plug and end plug stud package
Available in locking version. Unit locks in both the up and down position. Locking bolts are
furnished with 2 keys in 4 keying variations
Certifications
1630 Meets ANSI A156.16 L84161 and UL listed for 3 hour fire doors, up to 8'0"
1640 Meets ANSI A156.16 L24161
Material substrate
1630 Series is constructed of heavy duty steel
1640 Series is constructed of brass
Available options
Strike options
T Top strike only
B Bottom strike only
TB Top and bottom strike*
TL Top locking strike only
BL Bottom locking strike only
TBL Top and bottom locking strike*
* Available on SB1630 Only
Available accessory items
Security pin screw
Sex bolts available
End plug and end plug stud package
Cylinder package
Replacement strike packages
Dimensions
Body: 8" long x 7/8" wide x 3/4" thick,
Overall knob or lock housing projection:
1-1/2"
Top strike: 1-1/4" wide x 7/8" tall x
15/16" deep
Bottom strike: 3" long x 1" wide x 1/8" thick
Key code
1289 Standard key code
1360
1390
1395
Ives Architectural hardware products
D4
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D4
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Surface bolts
SB1600M1
Optional flat
bottom strike
Optional
universal strike
SB1600M2 SB1600M2-TL
SB1630 Finishes
BHMA DESC SUBSTRATE Finish
689 Aluminum painted Steel SP28
691 Dull bronze painted Steel SP10
695 Dark bronze painted Steel SP313
706 Dull brass painted Steel SP4
631 Matte black Steel BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
SB1600M1 Surface bolt
SB1600M2 Surface bolt
Standard surface bolt has 3-1/2" throw for maximum security and for doors with larger undercuts
Sleek handle design
Ideal for all types of doors
Fully concealed mounting prevents vandalism
Available in locking version. Unit locks in both the up and down position. Locking bolts are
furnished with 2 keys in 4 keying variations
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
M1 version has Actuator tab pointing away from the door
M2 version has Actuator tab pointing towards the door
Certifications
Meets ANSI A156.16 L84161 and UL Listed for 3 hour fire doors, up to 8'0"
Material substrate
Constructed of heavy duty steel
Available options
Strike options
T Top strike only
B Bottom strike only
TL Top locking strike only
BL Bottom locking strike only
Available accessory items
Security pin screw
Sex bolts available
End plug and end plug stud package
Cylinder package
Replacement strike packages
Dimensions
Bar: 11" long x 3/4" wide x 3/4" thick, locking
version 1-1/2" thick
Top strike: 1-1/4" wide x 7/8" tall x 15/16" deep
Bottom strike: 3" long x 1" wide x 1/8" thick
Key code
1289 Standard key code
1360
1390
1395
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D5
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D5
Decorative surface bolts
40 Surface bolt, decorative light duty
Recommended for 1-3/8" and 1-3/4" hollow core doors or door partitions
Concealed screw design enhances appearance and security
Exceptional strength and durability provided by interlocking construction of heavy gauge track
and rod
Permanent stop prevents rod disengagement from track
Tension spring holds bolt in desired position
Track assures smooth operation and interlocks with side edges of rod to eliminate marring
Decorative 5/8" diameter knob designed to facilitate bolt operation
Available in 3", 4" and 6" lengths
Units packed with wood screws
Packed with both universal and mortise strikes
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from extruded brass
Dimensions
Throw: 15/16"
Projection: 3/4"
Width: 11/16"
Length: 3", 4" or 6"
253 Surface bolt, decorative heavy duty
Recommended for 1.3/4" or larger doors
Heavy duty, decorative bolt ideal where extra strength required
Decorative 1-1/4" diameter knob fits well with any décor and designed to facilitate bolt operation
Available in 8" and 12" lengths. Optional lengths available, consult factory.
Units packed with wood screws
Packed universal strike (US) & mortise strike (MS)
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from solid brass
Dimensions
Throw: 1-1/8"
Projection: 1-5/16"
Half round rod: 5/8"
Overall width: 1-5/8"
Length: 8" or 12"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Universal strike
Universal strike
Mortise strike
Mortise strike
Ives Architectural hardware products
D6
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D6
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Dutch door & mortise door bolts
054 Dutch door bolt
Practical, rugged, attractive bolt for application on dutch doors as well as other areas
Chamfered rod end draws the two leaves of door tightly together
Sufficient tolerance provided in strike opening to allow for misalignment of door leaves and
also prevents binding of bolt
Decorative 1" diameter knob designed to facilitate bolt operation
Units packed with wood screws
Packed with Standard Strike (SS), Mortise Strike (MS) and Universal Strike (US)
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from solid brass
Dimensions
Throw: 5/8"
Projection: 1-1/8"
Half round rod: 5/8"
Overall width: 1-5/8"
Rod length: 4-1/4"
Overall length: specify 4-3/8"
(including knob)
S48 Mortise door bolt
Brass oval turn knob and escutcheon
Steel bolt for extra strength
Rack is milled for precision fit with pinion
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass and steel
Dimensions
Backset: 1-3/4"
Bolt throw: 1/2"
Bolt diameter: 1/2"
Case: 2-1/2" long x 9/16" diameter
Strike: 1-3/4" high x 7/8" wide
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Standard
strike
Mortise
strike
Universal
strike
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D7
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D7
Door guards
481 Chain door guard
Permits the door to be slightly opened to allow viewing
Narrow chain holder maintains chain in stationary position when door guard is not in use,
eliminating marring of door and frame caused by dangling chain
Welded twist link steel chain finished to match door plate and chain holder
Packed with sheet metal screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass or burnished
wrought steel
Dimensions
Door plate: 3-3/8" long x 1-3/8" wide
Chain holder: 2" high x 3/4" wide
Chain length: 6-1/4"
482 Solid bar door guard
For use on doors that are flush with frames
The solid bar, interlocking with the ball on the strike plate, permits the door to be slightly opened
to allow viewing
The hinged bar allows the door guard to be positioned 180° away from the door when not in use
Edge protection plate, furnished with cast brass door guards only, minimizes the chance for
marring the door or frame. Can be purchased as a separate item for Aluminum substrate
Strike plate is designed to prevent the solid bar from marring the inside of the door when in use
Packed with sheet metal screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or cast zinc
Available accessory items
Shims available in US26D (626) only, 1/8"
or 3/8" for brass only
Plate - edge protection
Dimensions - Cast brass
Strike plate: 2-5/8" high x 1-1/32" wide
Holder: 1-3/4" high x 1-1/16" wide
Arm length: 4-3/4"
Edge guard: 1-1/8" high x 1-1/32" wide
Dimensions - Cast zinc
Strike plate: 2-1/2" high x 7/8" wide
Holder: 2-1/2" high x 15/16" wide
Arm length: 3-13/16"
Finishes - Brass and steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
632 Bright brass Steel F3
633 Satin brass Steel F4
638 Blackened brass Steel F5
639 Satin bronze Steel F10
643e/716 Aged bronze Steel F-643e/716
646 Satin nickel Steel F15
651 Bright chrome Steel F26
652 Satin chrome Steel F26D
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
Finishes Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
677 Bright brass Zinc Z605E
--- Blackened brass Zinc Z609E
681 Bright chrome Zinc Z625E
682 Satin chrome Zinc Z626E
For other colors, consult factory.
Cast brass
Cast aluminum
Ives Architectural hardware products
D8
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D8
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Roller latches
RL30 Roller latch
RL30A Roller latch
Recommended for higher traffic applications
Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to fall in the depression of the strike,
thereby holding the door closed
The projection of the roller is easily adjusted using adjusting screws on the face of the unit
Maximum projection of the roller is 3/8" allowing for variance in the door clearance
Nylon roller standard
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
RL30A model packed with ASA strike
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, E19091
Available accessory items
Strike - ASA
Security mounting screws
Brass roller
Silencers
Material substrate
Made from forged brass
Dimensions
Body: 1-1/8" wide x 2-1/4" high x 2-1/4" deep
Strike: 1-1/8" wide x 2-3/4" high x 3/32" thick,
lip to center- 1-1/4"
Optional ASA strike: 1-1/4" wide x 4-7/8" high
x 3/32" thick, lip to center- 1-1/4"
RL32 Roller latch
RL32A Roller latch
Recommended light duty cabinet and closet applications
Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to fall in the depression of the strike,
thereby holding the door closed
The projection of the roller is easily adjusted by turning knurled knob on back of latch.
Maximum projection of the roller is 1/2" allowing for variance in the door clearance
Fits heavy-duty cylindrical lock cutout
Nylon roller standard
Non-handed
Units packed with wood screws
RL32A model packed with ASA strike
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, E19091
Available accessory items
Strike—A—ASA
Material substrate
Made from brass
Dimensions
Body: 1-1/8" wide x 2-1/4" high x 2-1/4" deep
Strike: 1-1/8" wide x 2-3/4" high x 3/32" thick,
lip to center - 1-1/4"
Optional ASA strike: 1-1/4" wide x 4-7/8" high
x 3/32" thick, lip to center- 1-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D9
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D9
Roller latches
RL36 Roller latch
RL36A Roller latch
Recommended light duty cabinet and closet applications
Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to fall in the depression of the strike,
thereby holding the door closed
The projection of the roller is easily adjusted by turning slotted screw on back of latch
Maximum projection of the roller is 5/16" allowing for variance in the door clearance
Fits cylindrical lock cutout
Nylon roller
Non-handed
Units packed with wood screws
RL36A model packed with ASA strike
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L57082
Material substrate
Made from stainless steel
Available accessory items
Strike—A—ASA
Dimensions
Body: 1" wide x 2-1/4" high x 2" deep
Strike: 1-1/8" wide x 2-3/4" high x 3/32"
Thick, lip to center- 1-1/4"
Optional ASA strike: 1-1/4" wide x 4-7/8"
high x 3/32" thick, lip to center- 1-1/4"
RL38 Roller latch
Rim style roller latch
Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to fall in the depression of the strike,
thereby holding the door closed
The projection of the roller is easily adjusted by turning slotted screw
Maximum projection of the roller is 3/8" allowing for variance in the door clearance
Nylon roller
Non-handed
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L27092
Material substrate
Made from stainless steel
Dimensions
Body: 1-3/8" wide x 2" high x 7/8" deep
Strike: 1" wide x 2-1/8" high x 3/8" deep
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
D10
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D10
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Roller latches
Optional Strikes
A
685 A&B Dim. Variable
1-11/16"
1-5/32"
2-1/4"
3/32"
STK685
STK685L
RL1152 Roller latch
Recommended for higher traffic applications
Combination of RL30 Roller Latch and Angle Stop
Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to fall in the depression of the strike,
thereby holding the door closed
The projection of the roller is easily adjustable using adjusting screws on the face of the unit
Maximum projection of the roller is 3/8" allowing for variance in the door clearance
Nylon roller standard
Forged brass construction
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, E19111
Material substrate
Made from forged brass
Available accessory items
Security mounting screws
Brass roller
Silencers
Dimensions
Body: 1-1/2" wide x 4-1/2" high x 1-3/4" deep
with 3/4" angle
Strike: 1-1/8" wide x 2-1/4" high x 5/32" thick
STK685 Strike
Dimple of strike centered on strike
STK685L Strike
Location of strike dimple is variable
Please specify location of dimple from edge of frame to centerline of the dimple - B
Dimple will be located B + 3/16" to accommodate lip
Both strikes:
Custom make strike for doors that swing both directions
For use with roller latches
Specify frame depth - A. Overall strike length will be A + 3/8" to accommodate 3/16" lip on
each side
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
Material substrate
Made from 3/32" brass
Dimensions
Strike width: 2-1/4"
Strike length: specified frame width + 3/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
B
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D11
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D11
Angle stops
AS895 Angle stop
Surface applied stop for single doors
Large rubber bumper to ensure quiet operation
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
Material substrate
Made from 1/8" brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
1-1/2" wide x 1" angle x 2-1/2" long
AS18 Angle stop
Surface applied stop for single and double doors
Includes SR64 door silencers to ensure quiet operation
SR64 silencers are replaceable
Units packed with wood and machine screws to meet most field conditions
Material substrate
Made from 3/16" brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
1-1/2" wide x 3/4" angle x 3-1/2" long
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
D12
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D12
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Invisible latches
CL11 Invisible latch
Invisible latch is ideal for installations where no visible latch or strike is desired
Unit can be installed at the top, bottom or side of the door
Can be mortised into the stop or surface mounted to the stop
Recommended for use on small panels, cabinet doors or light weight closet doors
Operation is simple, latching is accomplished by a slight push
To unlatch the door, a harder push releases the door and pushes the door out
Brass and plastic construction
Applies 13 pounds to open the door
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B03272
Material substrate
Made from brass and plastic
See finishes below
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 1-1/4" wide x 1-7/8" high x 7/16" thick
Strike: 9/16" wide x 1-5/16" high x 9/16" high
CL12 Invisible latch
Invisible latch is ideal for installations where no visible latch is desired
Unit can be installed at the top, bottom or side of the door
Can be mortised into the stop or surface mounted to the stop
Recommended for use on larger panels or regular size doors
Operation is simple, latching is accomplished by a slight push
To unlatch the door, a harder push releases the door and pushes the door out
Brass and plastic construction
Applies 27 pounds to open the door
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B03272
Material substrate
Made from brass and plastic
See finishes below
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 1-1/4" wide x 2-1/4" high x 9/16" thick
Strike: 5/8" wide x 1-13/16" high x 9/16"
projection
CL14 Invisible latch, auxiliary pusher
Aid in the operation of the CL11 and CL12 where hinges or surrounding conditions
prevent smooth operation of doors
Provides 1-1/16" throw
Nylon pusher
Applies 10 pounds to open the door
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B13282
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 2-15/16" long x 1-11/16" wide x 5/8" deep
C11, C12 and C14 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D13
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D13
Ball catches
CL21 Ball catch
Four-way catch with hexagon stud
Ideal for holding medium duty doors
The strike slides between two stainless steel balls that are under spring tension.
As the strike engages, the door is held tightly shut
Strike can enter body from any direction
Spring tension is easily adjusted to suit field conditions
Body can be surface applied or mortised
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9
Material substrate
Made from brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 3/4" wide x 3" high x 3/4" deep
Strike: 3/4" wide hex x 1-1/2" high
CL21A Ball catch
Four-way catch with plate type strike
Ideal for closet doors, access doors, hinged openings and numerous other applications
The strike slides between two stainless steel balls that are under spring tension.
As the strike engages, the door is held tightly shut
Strike can enter body from any direction
Spring tension is easily adjusted to suit field conditions
Body can be surface applied or mortised
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B13292
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 3/4" wide x 3" high x 3/4" deep
Strike: 7/16" wide x 1-3/4" high x 7/8" deep
CL22 Ball catch
Three-way catch with plate type strike.
Ideal for smaller cabinet doors or panels.
The strike slides between two stainless steel balls that are under spring tension.
As the strike engages, the door is held tightly shut.
Strike can enter body from either side or front.
Spring tension is easily adjusted to suit field conditions.
Body can be surface applied or mortised.
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B13302
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
Body: 1/2" wide x 2-3/16" high x 1/2" deep
Strike: 3/8" wide x 1-3/8" high x 5/8" deep
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
CL21A and CL 22 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
D14
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D14
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Magnetic catches
325 Magnetic catch
Double pole
Self aligning magnet ensures maximum pull
Case design allows easy magnet adjustment on cabinet or small door applications.
Packed with sheet metal screws
5 lbs. load capacity
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B43171
Material substrate
Case made from aluminum
Dimensions
Case: 1-1/8" wide x 2-1/16" long x 5/8" thick
326 Magnetic catch, dual double pole
Dual double pole
Self-aligning magnets ensure maximum pull
Can be surface mounted or mortised
Packed with sheet metal screws, 2 short strikes and 1 long strike
9 lbs. load capacity
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B43161
Material substrate
Case made from aluminum
Dimensions
Case: 1" wide x 3-1/8" long x 9/16" thick
327 Magnetic catch, dual triple pole
Dual triple pole
• Self-aligning magnets insure maximum pull
• Can be surface mounted or mortised.
• Packed with sheet metal screws, 2 short strikes and 1 long strike
• 14 lbs. load capacity
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B43161
Material substrate
Case made from aluminum
Dimensions
Case: 1" wide x 3-1/8" long x 3/4" thick
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D15
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D15
Roller catches
330 Roller catch
Most economical solution recommended for low frequency opening applications
Independent rollers allow positive action and self-alignment
Cushioned rollers absorb shock and noise, hold door away from cabinet
Application allows for easy adjustment
Packed with screws and brads
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B83071
Material substrate
Made from wrought steel
Dimensions
Case: 1-1/4" high x 11/16" wide
Strike: 1-1/4" high x 3/8" wide
335 Roller catch
Recommended for higher frequency opening applications
Smooth, positive latching action insured by powerful conical spring
Durable nylon roller insures quiet operation
Adjustable tension. Adjustments can be varied from 4 to 17 lbs. of holding power making
possible a wide range of door performance
Easily installed on thin doors
Full lip style strike designed for simplified mortising
Packed with sheet metal screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L27081 for brass
and L87081 for steel
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Face plate: 7/8" wide x 2-1/4" high
Bore: 1-3/4" deep x 13/16" diameter
Strike: 1-5/8" wide x 2-1/4" high,
lip to center- 1-3/16"
336 Roller catch
Recommended for higher frequency opening applications
Smooth, positive latching action insured by powerful conical spring
Durable nylon roller insures quiet operation
Adjustable tension. Adjustments can be varied from 4 to 17 lbs of holding power making
possible a wide range of door performance
Easily installed on thin doors
Standard box type strike designed for neat appearance
Packed with sheet metal screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L27081 for brass
and L87081 for steel
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Face plate: 7/8" wide x 2-1/4" high
Bore: 13/16" diameter x 1-3/4" deep
Strike: 7/8" wide x 2-1/4" high,
lip to center- 1-1/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
604 Clear zinc Steel F2C
For other colors, consult factory.
335 and 336 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
D16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D16
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ball catches
345 Ball catch, adjustable
Recommended for lower frequency opening applications
Ideal for cabinets and small interior doors
Free rolling ball insures smooth, positive and trouble-free action
Adjustable threaded barrel compensates for various door clearances
Adjustable spring tension
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B23013
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass
Dimensions
Face plate: 3/4" wide x 1-1/2" high
Bore: 1" deep x 9/16" diameter
Strike: 25/32" wide x 1-1/2" high,
lip to center- 13/32"
347 Ball catch, dual adjustable - square corners
Recommended for lower frequency opening applications
Ideal for cabinets and small interior doors
Free rolling ball insures smooth, positive and trouble-free action
Adjustable threaded barrel compensates for various door clearances
Adjustable spring tension
Rounded corners on strike lip for safety
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B23013
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass
Dimensions
Face Plate: 1" wide x 2-1/8" high
Bore: 7/8" diameter x 1-3/8" deep
Strike: 1-3/8" wide x 2-1/8" high,
lip to center- 7/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US3
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D17
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products D17
Ball catches
349 Ball catch, dual adjustable - rounded corners
Recommended for lower frequency opening applications
For catch in door installations
Radiused corners allow easy installation with a router
Dual adjustment for door clearance and holding strength
Lip strike is designed for use where strike is mounted in jamb
Free rolling ball insures smooth, positive and trouble-free action
Adjustable threaded barrel compensates for various door clearances
Adjustable spring tension
Rounded corners on strike lip for safety
Units packed with wood screws
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9, B23013
Material substrate
Made from wrought brass
Dimensions
Face Plate: 1" wide x 2-1/8" high
Bore: 7/8" diameter x 1-3/8" deep
Strike: 1-3/8" wide x 2-1/8" high,
lip to center- 7/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US3
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
643e/716 Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
622 Matte black Brass BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
2 Elbow Catch
Ideal for use on the inactive leaf of a pair of cabinet doors
Surface applied, making installation simple
Made from cast aluminum
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.9 B33023
Dimensions
Plate: 1-3/8" high x 5/8" wide
Strike: 13/16" high x 5/8" wide
Finishes - Aluminum
Ives Number A3 A5 A14 A15 A92 A716
BHMA 666 669 670 673
Ives Architectural hardware products
D18
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D18
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Notes
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E1
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E1
Door stops
Table of contents
Floor stops
FS13 Dome stop .......................................................................................................................... E2
R14 Dome stop rise .................................................................................................................... E2
FS17 Dome stop .......................................................................................................................... E2
FS436 Dome stop ...................................................................................................................... E3
FS438 Dome stop ...................................................................................................................... E3
R435 Riser for FS436 Dome stop ........................................................................................... E3
R437 Riser for FS438 Dome stop ........................................................................................... E3
FS439 Universal dome floor stop ..........................................................................................E4
FS410 Decorative floor stop .................................................................................................... E4
FS18S Floor stop - 1 1/2" ...........................................................................................................E5
FS18L Floor stop - 3 1/2" ..........................................................................................................E5
FS434 Floor stop........................................................................................................................E5
430 Floor door stop ...................................................................................................................E5
FS441 Floor stop ........................................................................................................................E6
FS444 Floor stop - masonry ....................................................................................................E6
FS448 Floor stop - drywall/wood .........................................................................................E6
Floor stops & holders
FS9 Floor stop & semi-automatic holder ............................................................................ E7
FS40 Floor stop & automatic holder .................................................................................... E7
FS41 ............................................................................................................................................... E7
FS42 .............................................................................................................................................. E7
FS43 .............................................................................................................................................. E7
FS446 Floor stop & manual door holder - masonry .......................................................... E8
FS450 Floor stop & manual door holder - drywall/wood ................................................E8
FS495 Wall stop & automatic holder ...................................................................................E8
FS496 Floor stop & automatic holder - 3/8" max clearance..........................................E8
FS497 Floor stop & automatic holder - 1" max clearance ...............................................E8
Wall stops/bumpers
WS11 Wall stop - drywall/wood ...........................................................................................E9
WS11X Wall stop - masonry ..................................................................................................... E9
WS20 Manual wall holders - drywall/wood .......................................................................E9
WS20X Manual wall holders - masonry ............................................................................... E9
WS33 Wall stops - drywall/wood ....................................................................................... E10
WS33X Wall stops - masonry .............................................................................................. E10
WS65 Wall stop ....................................................................................................................... E10
WS401/402CVX (Convex) wall bumpers ............................................................................E11
WS401/402CCV (Concave) wall bumpers...........................................................................E11
WS404CVX (Convex) wall bumpers .....................................................................................E11
WS406/407CVX (Convex) wall bumpers...........................................................................E12
WS406/407CCV (Concave) wall bumpers ........................................................................E12
411R-W Wall bumper - adhesive ............................................................................................E12
Wall stops & holders
WS443 Wall stop - masonry ..................................................................................................E13
WS447 Wall stop - drywall/wood ........................................................................................E13
WS445 Manual wall holder - masonry ................................................................................E13
WS449 Manual wall holder - drywall/wood ......................................................................E13
Automatic wall holders
WS40 Automatic wall holder ............................................................................................... E14
WS45 Automatic wall holder - drywall/wood ................................................................ E14
WS45X Automatic wall holder - masonry ........................................................................ E14
Kick down holders
FS452 Kick down holder .........................................................................................................E15
FS455 4" Kick down holder ................................................................................................... E16
FS544 4" Kick down holder ................................................................................................... E16
FS555 5" Kick down holder ................................................................................................... E16
Plunger type door holders
FS1153 Plunger type door holder ........................................................................................... E17
FS1154 Plunger type door holder ........................................................................................... E17
Roller bumpers
RB470 Offset roller bumper .................................................................................................. E18
RB471 4-1/2" Roller bumper ................................................................................................. E18
RB472 6" Roller bumpers ....................................................................................................... E18
Residential door stops
060 3" Flexible door stops .................................................................................................... E19
061 4" Flexible door stops .................................................................................................... E19
60 3-3/4" Base door stops ................................................................................................... E20
61 3-1/8" Base door stops .................................................................................................... E20
63 Flexible door stops.............................................................................................................E21
64 Base door stop ....................................................................................................................E21
69 Hinge pin door stops .........................................................................................................E22
70 Hinge pin door stops ..........................................................................................................E23
72 Hinge pin door stops ..........................................................................................................E24
73 Hinge pin door stops ..........................................................................................................E24
Door silencers
SR64 Door silencer - metal .................................................................................................... E25
SR65 Door silencer - wood ....................................................................................................E25
SR66 Door silencer - adhesive ..............................................................................................E25
Crash stop
CS115 Crash stop .......................................................................................................................E26
Ives Architectural hardware products
E2
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E2
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Floor stops — dome
FS13 Dome stop
Standard FS13 for use where no threshold is used
Heavy-duty cast dome stops constructed of brass
Unique riser design of R14 (below) allows easy conversion to threshold application
Units are packed with fasteners sufficient for mounting in all types of floor construction,
including concrete
Replaceable- grey rubber bumper
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12141
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Grey rubber bumper
See finishes below
Dimensions
Overall height: 1"
Base height: 5/32"
Base diameter: 1-3/4"
R14 Dome stop rise
Adapts the FS13 Dome stop to threshold use.
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Riser height: 5/16"
Base diameter: 1-3/4" round
FS17 Dome stop
One piece dome stop for use with thresholds
Heavy-duty cast dome stops constructed of brass
Units are packed with fasteners sufficient for mounting in all types of floor construction,
including concrete
Grey rubber bumper
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12161
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Grey rubber bumper
See finishes below
Dimensions
Overall height: 1-11/32"
Base height: 1/2"
Base diameter: 1-3/4" round
FS13, R14 and FS17 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E3
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E3
Floor stops — dome
PA D
FLOOR
1" OR
LESS
1"
1-7/16"
FS438
FS436
FS436 Dome stop
FS438 Dome stop
FS436 for doors without threshold
FS438 for doors with threshold or undercut doors
Heavy-duty cast dome stops
Packed with fasteners for light duty masonry and wood applications
Grey rubber bumper
Certifications
FS436 Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12141 for brass and L32141 for aluminum
FS438 Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L12161 for brass and L32161 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Dimensions
FS436
Overall height: 1"
Base height: 3/16"
Base diameter: 1-3/4" x 2" oval
FS438
Overall height: 1-3/8"
Base height: 9/16"
Base diameter: 1-3/4" x 2" oval
R435 Riser for FS436 Dome stop
R437 Riser for FS438 Dome stop
R435 for conversion of FS436 Dome stop to carpet installation
R437 For conversion of FS438 Dome stop to carpet installation
Packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry and wood applications
Material substrate
Made from aluminum, mill finish
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1" X 1-7/16" oval
Heights: available in 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" 5/8", 3/4" and 1" height
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E4
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E4
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Floor stops
FS439 Universal dome floor stop
High or low-rise mount
Spring-loaded rubber contact
Packed with fasteners for light duty masonry and wood applications
Grey rubber bumper
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast zinc or stainless steel
Available accessory items
Replaceable rubber bumper
Dimensions
Overall height: 1-1/2"
Pad height: 1-1/8"
Base height: 1/4"
Base diameter: 1-7/8"
FS410 Decorative floor stop
Non-directional
Packed with fasteners for light duty masonry and wood applications.
Black rubber ring
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Replaceable rubber bumper
Dimensions
Overall height: 1-1/2"
Bumper thickness: 1/4"
Diameter: 1-1/4"
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
676 Matte black Zinc BLK
677 Bright brass Zinc US3
678 Satin brass Zinc US4
704 Oil rubbed bronze Zinc US10B
--- Satin nickel Zinc US15
681 Bright chrome Zinc US26
682 Satin chrome Zinc US26D
--- Aged bronze Zinc 643e/716
Finishes - Stainless steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin Stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E5
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E5
Floor stops
FS18L
FS18S
FS18S Floor stop - 1 1/2"
FS18L Floor stop - 3 1/2"
Security door stops designed for use in high vandalism areas
Molded from black flame resistant, resilient material around a heavy-duty stud
Once grouted in concrete, leaves no exposed fasteners to be tampered with or removed
Ideal for jail or security cell areas where floor mounted stops are required
FS18L also ideal for concrete wall applications
Material substrate
Made from rubber
Finishes
Black rubber
Dimensions
FS18S Height: 1-1/2"
FS18S Diameter: 2"
FS18S Stud length: 2-1/2"
FS18L Height: 3-1/2"
FS18L Diameter: 2"
FS18L Stud length: 2-1/2"
FS434 Floor stop
For undercut doors up to 1-1/2"
Packed with fasteners for light duty masonry and wood applications
Soft, resilient black rubber
Material substrate
Made from wrought steel
Available accessory items
Replaceable soft, resilient black rubber.
Dimensions
Overall height: 2-5/8"
Base size: 1-1/2" W x 2-3/4" L
430 Floor door stop
For undercut doors up to 1-1/2".
Welded wood screws for wood applications.
White rubber tip
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable white tips
Black rubber tips
Dimensions
Overall height: 1-5/16"
Base diameter: 1-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
604 Zinc Plated Steel US2C
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E6
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E6
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Floor stops
FS444
FS441 Floor stop
Accommodates door undercut up to 1-1/2"
Designed to blend well with all types of construction and provide a minimum
of hindrance to cleaning efforts
Grey non-marring rubber bumper
Packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry and wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI156.16, L12131
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Replaceable grey non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Overall height: 2-1/8"
Overall length: 2-7/8"
Base depth: 1-5/8"
FS444 Floor stop - masonry
FS448 Floor stop - drywall/wood
Ideal for interior or exterior use
Accommodates door undercut up to 2-1/2"
Replaceable black non-marring rubber tip
FS444 is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
FS448 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
FS444 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12131 for brass
FS448 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12121 for brass and L32121 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Overall height: 3"
Base diameter: 2-1/2"
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609* Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628* Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory. * Not available on FS444.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E7
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E7
Floor stops & holders
1-3/16”
SIDE VIEW BODY
F40 MAX. DOOR
CLEARANCE
1/2”
1/8” CLEARANCE
1-3/4” CLEARANCE
FROM 9/16 to 1-1/16
2-1/4”
2-3/4”
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-1/8 to 1-9/16
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-5/8 to 2-1/16
1-3/4” CLEARANCE
FROM 9/16 to 1-1/16
2-1/4”
2-3/4”
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-1/8 to 1-9/16
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-5/8 to 2-1/16
1-3/4” CLEARANCE
FROM 9/16 to 1-1/16
2-1/4”
2-3/4”
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-1/8 to 1-9/16
CLEARANCE
FROM 1-5/8 to 2-1/16
FS41 FS42 FS43
FS9 Floor stop & semi-automatic holder
Semi-automatic floor-mounted holders accommodates with door to floor clearance of
1-1/2" or less
Activate holder by flipping the engagement tongue forward. When door is opened,
the hook (mounted on door) engages the tongue. To release, push firmly on door to
disengage tongue
Packed with fasteners for extra-heavy duty masonry and wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11241
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Replaceable hook package
Dimensions
Overall height: 3-1/2"
Base dimensions: 2" wide x 3-1/2" long
FS40 Floor stop & automatic holder
FS41
FS42
FS43
Automatic door holders ideal for heavy-traffic situations that require a simple, fool-
proof, Hold-open device
Unit is activated automatically when door is opened. A firm pull on door releases the
mechanism
Strikes accommodate different door to floor clearances
Model numbers are determined by strike/door-to-floor clearances
Holder position on door is adjustable
Packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry and wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11301
Material substrate
Made from forged brass
Available accessory items
Strike Packages
Dimensions
Door to floor clearance:
FS40 1/2" or less
FS41 9/16" to 1-1/16"
FS42 1-1/8" to 1-9/16"
FS43 1-5/8" to 2-1/16"
Holder dimensions:
3" wide x 3-11/16" high
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E8
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E8
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Floor stops & holders
FS446
FS495
FS446 Floor stop & manual door holder - masonry
FS450 Floor stop & manual door holder - drywall/wood
Manual type floor holder ideal for interior or exterior use
Accommodates door undercut up to 2-1/2"
Replaceable black non-marring rubber tip
Unit functions as a stop but serves as a hold-open device when hook is manually engaged in
strike. Unit requires manual disengagement to release hold-open
FS446 is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
FS450 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
FS446 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11371 for brass and L31371 for aluminum
FS450 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11361 for brass and L31361 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring rubber
bumper
Dimensions
Overall height: 3-3/4"
Height from floor to stop center line: 2-5/8"
Stop diameter: 1-1/16"
Base diameter: 2-1/12"
FS495 Wall stop & automatic holder
FS496 Floor stop & automatic holder - 3/8" max clearance
FS497 Floor stop & automatic holder - 1" max clearance
Automatic door holders ideal for heavy-traffic situations that require a simple, hold-
open device
Recommended installation is holder on door and strike on wall
Holder position on door is adjustable
Holder is tapered to prevent “child riding”
Packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry and drywall/wood applications
Certifications
FS495 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11291 for brass
FS496 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11301 for brass
FS497 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11301 for brass
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
FS495 Holds door 3-3/4" from wall.
FS496 Door to floor clearances 3/8"
maximum.
FS497 Door to floor clearances 1"
maximum
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606* Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory. * Not available on FS496 and FS497.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E9
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E9
Wall stops
WS11 Wall stop - drywall/wood
WS11X Wall stop - masonry
Hexagon section on unit aids in fastening unit when expansion shield is used
Replaceable black rubber bumpers features off-set shoulder and threaded shank that
screws into body of unit
WS11 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
WS11X is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
Certifications
WS11 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12011
WS11X Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12021
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2"
Overall projection: 3-3/4"
WS20 Manual wall holders - drywall/wood
WS20X Manual wall holders - masonry
Hexagon section on unit aids in fastening unit when expansion shield is used
Replaceable black rubber bumpers feature off-set shoulder and threaded shank that
screws into body of holder
Hinged strike furnished matches body material and finish
WS20 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
WS20X is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
Certifications
WS20 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11341 for brass and L31341 for aluminum
WS20X Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11351 for brass and L31351 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Security pin screws
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-3/8"
Overall projection: 4"
Strike height: 2"
Strike width: 1"
WS20
WS11
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E10
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E10
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Wall stops
WS33
WS33 Wall stops - drywall/wood
WS33X Wall stops - masonry
Replaceable rubber bumper with offset shoulder screws into cavity on body to prevent
loss or theft
Sloping design discourages vandalism
WS33 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications.
WS33X is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
Certifications
WS33 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12011
WS33X Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12021
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Security Pin screws
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-1/4" wide x 3" high
Overall projection: 3-3/4"
WS65 Wall stop
Replaceable non-marring white rubber bumper
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable white non-marring rubber
bumper
Replaceable black non-marring rubber
bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1-5/8"
Overall projection: 3-3/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum US3
668 Satin bronze Aluminum US10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum US10B
--- Clear satin aluminum Aluminum US27
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E11
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E11
Wall bumpers
WS401CCV & WS402CCV
WS401/402CVX (Convex) wall bumpers
WS401/402CCV (Concave) wall bumpers
Constructed in heavy-duty cast brass
Special retainer ring makes rubber tamper resistant
Grey rubber bumper
WS401/402CVX – convex rubber bumper, packed with fasteners for drywall/wood
applications
WS401/402CCV – concave rubber bumper which avoids damage to locks with
projecting buttons, packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
WS401/402CVX Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12101
WS401/402CCV Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12251
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-1/2"
Base thickness: 3/8"
Overall projection: 1"
WS404CVX (Convex) wall bumpers
Compact size
Constructed in cast brass
Totally concealed mounting discourages vandalism or tampering
Unit furnished with grey convex rubber bumper
Packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1"
Overall projection: 17/32"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E12
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E12
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Wall bumpers
WS406CVX & WS407CVX
WS406/407CVX (Convex) wall bumpers
WS406/407CCV (Concave) wall bumpers
Constructed in sturdy yet economical wrought base of brass or stainless steel construction
Feature concealed tamper-proof mounting
Shipped factory preassembled backplate to reduce installation cost
Easy installation by inserting screwdriver through small hole in rubber
WS406/407CVX – convex rubber bumper, packed with fasteners for drywall/wood
applications
WS406/407CCV – concave rubber bumper which avoids damage to locks with projecting
buttons, packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
WS406/407CVX Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L22201 for brass and L52201 for stainless
steel
WS406/407CCV Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L22251 for brass and L52251 for stainless steel
Material substrate
Made from brass and stainless steel
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-1/2"
Base thickness: 3/8"
Overall projection: 1"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
609 Blackened brass Brass US5
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Finishes - Stainless steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Stainless steel Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
411R-W Wall bumper - adhesive
Adhesive-backed wall door stop for use on clean, smooth, flat surfaces only
Non-marring white rubber
Concave design permits knob to strike stop without damaging or engaging lock
mechanism
Material substrate
Made from rubber
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1-7/8"
Base thickness: 3/8"
Overall projection: 1-1/16"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- White Rubber R-W
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E13
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E13
Wall stops & holders
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628* Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory. *Only available on WS449.
WS443 Wall stop - masonry
WS447 Wall stop - drywall/wood
Ideal for interior or exterior use
Replaceable black non-marring rubber tip
WS443 is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
WS447 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
WS443 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12021 for brass and L32021 for aluminum
WS447 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12011 for brass and L32011 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-1/4"
Overall projection: 3-11/16"
WS445 Manual wall holder - masonry
WS449 Manual wall holder - drywall/wood
Unit functions as a stop but serves as a hold-open device when hook is manually
engaged in strike
Unit requires manual disengagement to release hold-open
Replaceable black non-marring rubber tip
WS445 is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
WS449 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications
Certifications
WS445 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11351 for brass
WS449 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11341 for brass and L31341 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber bumper
Dimensions
Base diameter: 2-1/4"
Base projection: 3-11/16"
Engaged projection: 5-3/4"
Strike height: 1-1/2"
Strike width: 13/16"
Strike projection: 13/16"
WS445
WS443
Ives Architectural hardware products
E14
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E14
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Automatic wall holders
WS45
WS40 Automatic wall holder
Holder is mounted on wall and strike is mounted on door
Roller on holder rides up seats itself on strike, with a heavy duty bumper pad deadening
the sound and shock
Packed with fasteners for light duty masonry and drywall/wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11291 for brass, and L31291 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Security pin screw
Hook package
Dimensions
Base height: 2"
Base width: 2-1/2"
Base projection: 2-1/4"
Engaged projection: 3-1/2"
Strike height: 2-1/16"
Strike width: 3/4"
Strike projection: 2"
WS45 Automatic wall holder - drywall/wood
WS45X Automatic wall holder - masonry
Spring loaded roller rides up the face of the strike, seating itself on the strike, holding the
door firmly in the open position
A heavy rubber pad cushions the shock and absorbs the sound
With unit mounted on door and the strike on wall, vertical adjustment is available on body
The strike is adjustable 45 degrees left or right, both adjustments easily accomplished at
time of installation or at a later date.
WS45 is packed with fasteners for drywall/wood applications.
WS45X is packed with fasteners for heavy duty masonry applications
Certifications
WS45 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11291 for brass and L31291 for aluminum
WS45X Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11291 for brass and L31291 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Security pin screw
Hook package
Dimensions
Base height: 3-11/16"
Base width: 3"
Base projection: 2"
Engaged projection: 3-7/16"
Strike diameter: 2-3/8"
Strike projection: 3"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E15
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E15
Kick down holders
FS452 Kick down holder
Units provide simple hold and release, activated with a touch of the foot
Stainless steel spring
Replaceable black non-marring rubber shoes have corrugated bottoms to provide
secure grip. Rubber shoe is securely fastened with screw
Shoes are easily replaced when worn
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
FS452-4 has a door-to-floor clearance of 2" or less
FS452-5 has a door-to-floor clearance up to 3"
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11383 for brass and L31383 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
FS452-4 Door-to-floor clearance:
2" or less FS452-5 Door-to-floor
clearance: up to 3"
FS452-4 Plate height: 2-1/8”
FS452-5 Plate height: 2-1/8"
FS452-4 Plate width: 1"
FS452-5 Plate width: 1"
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory. *Available in 4" only.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
Ives Architectural hardware products
E16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E16
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Kick down holders
FS544
FS455 4" Kick down holder
Units provide simple hold and release, activated with a touch of the foot.
Stainless steel spring
Replaceable black non-marring rubber shoes have corrugated bottoms to provide
secure grip. Rubber shoe is securely fastened with screw
Shoes are easily replaced when worn
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Door-to-floor clearances of 2" or less
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11382 for brass and L31382 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable black non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
Door-to-floor clearance: 2" or less
Plate height: 1-3/4"
Plate width: 1-3/4"
FS544 4" Kick down holder
FS555 5" Kick down holder
Units provide an economical method to hold open doors.
Stainless steel spring
Replaceable grey non-marring rubber shoes have corrugated bottoms to provide
secure grip. Rubber shoe is securely fastened with screw
Shoes are easily replaced when worn
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
FS544 for door-to-floor clearances of 2" or less
FS555 for door-to-floor clearances up to 3"
Certifications
FS544 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11381
FS555 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11391
Material substrate
Made from cast iron
Available accessory items
Replaceable grey non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
FS544
Door-to-floor clearance: 2" or less
Plate height: 2-1/4"
Plate width: 1-7/16"
FS555
Door-to-floor clearance: up to 3"
Plate height: 2-1/4"
Plate width: 1-7/16"
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
666 Bright brass Aluminum US3AL
--- Blackened brass Aluminum US5AL
668 Satin bronze Aluminum US10AL
--- Clear satin aluminum Aluminum US27
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
706 Brass painted Iron SP4
691 Bronze painted Iron SP10
689 Aluminum painted Iron SP28
695 Dark bronze painted Iron SP313
--- Matte black Iron BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619 Satin nickel Brass US15
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E17
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E17
Plunger type door holders
FS1153 Plunger type door holder
Provides a contemporary yet economical method of positive hold-open.
Spring operated plunger activates with minimal pressure, releasing instantly with
a light tap on the plat-form lever.
Provides a 1-5/8" throw for all types of doors.
Ribbed grey non-marring rubber shoe is securely fastened to unit with a screw
and is easily replaced when worn.
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L11401
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Replaceable grey non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
Height: 5-1/2"
Width: 2"
Depth: 1-1/4"
FS1154 Plunger type door holder
Plunger and internal parts are plated steel and provides a 1-1/4" throw for all types of
doors.
Plunger is easily activated with minimal pressure, releasing instantly with a light tap on
the platform lever.
Round non-marring rubber shoe is securely fastened with a screw in flanged cup to
prevent movement or loss. When worn, shoes are easily replaced.
Packed with fasteners for wood applications.
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L31401
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable grey non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
Height: 6-1/4"
Width: 1-1/2"
Depth: 1-7/16"
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Satin aluminum Aluminum US28
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606 Satin brass Brass US4
612 Satin bronze Brass US10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E18
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E18
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Roller bumpers
RB470
RB471
RB472
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
Offset
RB470 Offset roller bumper
RB471 4-1/2" Roller bumper
RB472 6" Roller bumpers
RB470 Offset roller bumper. Used where two doors open against each other to prevent
damage to the doors or hardware
RB471 and RB472 Straight roller bumpers. Ideal for use in situations where doors meet
each other at approximate right angles (back to back)
Grey rubber roller
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
RB470 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12212
RB471 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12192
RB472 Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L12202
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Available accessory items
Replaceable grey non-marring
rubber shoes
Dimensions
RB470 Base size: 1-11/16" x 2-1/4"
RB470 Arm offset: 2-3/4"
RB470 Length: 5"
RB471 Base diameter: 2"
RB471 Length: 4-1/2"
RB472 Base diameter: 2"
RB472 Length: 6"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass US3
606** Satin brass Brass US4
612* Satin bronze Brass US10
613* Oil rubbed bronze Brass US10B
619* Satin nickel Brass US15
625 Bright chrome Brass US26
626 Satin chrome Brass US26D
For other colors, consult factory.
*Only available on RB472. **Only available on RB471 and RB472.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E19
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E19
Residential door stops
060 3" Flexible door stops
061 4" Flexible door stops
Utilizes heavy gauge spring to maintain rigid protections
Simple to install - only a screwdriver required
Packed disassembled for quick installation
White rubber tip
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from steel
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1"
Tip diameter: 19/16"
060 3" Projection
061 4" Projection
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel F3
638 Blackened brass Steel F5
639 Satin bronze Steel F10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel F10B
645 Bright nickel Steel F14
--- Aged bronze Steel F-643E/716
646 Satin nickel Steel F15
651 Bright chrome Steel F26
652 Satin chrome Steel F26D
---** White Steel F-W
For other colors, consult factory. **Only available on 061.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E20
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E20
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Residential door stops
60 3-3/4" Base door stops
61 3-1/8" Base door stops
Simple to install - only a screwdriver required
Packed disassembled for quick installation
Available in three sizes to accommodate varying areas of installation and door
trim dimensions
White rubber tip. Note: 61A - 643E/716 ships with black rubber tips
Welded fastener for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from brass, aluminum, or zinc
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Replaceable black rubber tip available
Dimensions
60 3-3/4" Projection, base diameter: 1",
Tip diameter: 5/8"
61 Brass and alum 3-1/8" projection, base
Diameter: 7/8", tip diameter: 5/8"
61 Zinc 2-7/8" projection, base diameter:
1", tip diameter: 5/8"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
620* Blackened nickel Brass B15A
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
---* Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668* Satin bronze Aluminum A10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright Chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin Chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
---* White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
---* Satin nickel Zinc Z619
---* Aged bronze Zinc Z-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory. *Only available on 61.
Aluminum and brass substrate
Zinc substrate
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E21
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E21
Residential door stops
63 Flexible door stops
Utilizes heavy gauge spring to maintain rigid protections
Simple to install - only a screwdriver required
Packed disassembled for quick installation
White rubber tip
Packaged with fastener for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from wrought steel
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Replaceable black rubber tip available
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1"
Tip diameter: 9/16"
Projection: 3"
64 Base door stop
Base door stop features deluxe one-piece styling
Easily screws into base
Designed with hexagonal head to accommodate wrench or pliers when installing
White rubber tip
Packaged with fastener for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from solid brass or aluminum
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Replaceable black rubber tip available
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1"
Tip diameter: 9/16"
Projection: 3-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel F3
638 Blackened brass Steel F5
--- Aged bronze Steel F-643E/716
646 Satin nickel Steel F15
651 Bright chrome Steel F26
652 Satin chrome Steel F26D
--- White Steel F-W
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E22
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E22
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Residential door stops
69 Hinge pin door stops
Economical solution for use on low frequency, light weight, residential 3 1/2 or 4" hinged
doors where the installation of a standard door stop or overhead is not desirable
Adjustable for 70° to 100° Door Openings
Positive slip proof adjustment
White non-marring rubber tips
Removable bushings accommodate 1/4” to 5/16” diameter hinge pins
Easy installation—only a screwdriver required
Material substrate
Made from burnished wrought steel
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Dimensions
Base diameter: 1"
Tip diameter: 9/16"
Projection: 3-1/4"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
631 Matte black Steel F-BLK
632 Bright brass Steel F3
638 Blackened brass Steel F5
639 Satin bronze Steel F10
640 Oil rubbed bronze Steel F10B
645 Bright nickel Steel F14
--- Aged bronze Steel F-643E/716
646 Satin nickel Steel F15
647 Bright nickel Steel F15A
651 Bright chrome Steel F26
652 Satin chrome Steel F26D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E23
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E23
Residential door stops
70 Hinge pin door stops
Economical solution for use on low frequency, light weight, residential 3 1/2 or 4" hinged
doors where the installation of a standard door stop or overhead is not desirable
Designed for narrow trim installation
High quality rubber bumpers - shoulder on stud supports rubber through entire body for
engineered cushioning
Removable bushings accommodate 1/4" to 5/16" diameter hinge pins
Easy installation
White rubber and nylon tips (Note: 70A - 716 ships with black rubber tips)
Material substrate
Made from brass, aluminum, or zinc
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
667 Satin brass Aluminum A4
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright Chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin Chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Dark bronze Zinc Z406E
--- Aged bronze Zinc Z-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Aluminum substrate
Brass and zinc substrate
Ives Architectural hardware products
E24
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E24
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Residential door stops
72 Hinge pin door stops
Economical solution for use on low frequency, light weight, residential 3 1/2 or 4" hinged
doors where the installation of a standard door stop or overhead is not desirable
85° to 125° Door opening adjustments
Designed for narrow trim installation
White rubber bumpers - shoulder on stud supports rubber through entire body for
engineered cushioning
Removable bushings accommodate 1/4” to 5/16” diameter hinge pins
Easy installation
Material substrate
Made from cast zinc
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Dimensions
Post length: 1 7/8"
73 Hinge pin door stops
Economical solution for use on low frequency, 4 1/2" hinges or above hinged doors where
the installation of a standard door stop or overhead is not desirable
85° to 125° Door opening adjustments
Designed for narrow trim installation
White rubber bumpers - shoulder on stud supports rubber through entire body for
engineered cushioning
Removable bushings accommodate 1/4" to 5/16" diameter hinge pins
Easy installation
Material substrate
Made from cast zinc
Available accessory items
Replaceable white rubber tip available
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
676 Matte black Zinc Z-BLK
677 Bright brass Zinc Z-605E
--- Blackened brass Zinc Z-609E
704 Oil rubbed bronze Zinc Z-613E
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z-619E
681 Bright chrome Zinc Z-625E
682 Satin chrome Zinc Z-626E
--- Aged bronze Zinc Z-643e/716
--- White Zinc Z-W
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
677 Bright brass Zinc Z-605E
704 Oil rubbed bronze Zinc Z-613E
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z-619E
681 Bright chrome Zinc Z-625E
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E25
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products E25
Door silencers
SR64 Door silencer - metal
For use on metal frames featuring pneumatic design that, once installed,forms an
air pocket to absorb shock and reduce noise of door closing
Tamper-proof once installed on the frame
Proper installation also eliminates door rattle and provides constant tension for
door latches or locks
Packed in bags of 100
Grey also available in bulk pack of 2500
Each bag has an installation tool included
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L03011
Material substrate
Made from 60 Durometer styrene
butadiene rubber
Dimensions
Diameter: 1/2"
Thickness: 1/8" (projection from
frame when inserted)
SR65 Door silencer - wood
For use on wood frames, also feature pneumatic design to cushion shock and
absorb noise
To prevent removal, a small brad should be driven into stop strip and through stem
of silencer, as shown in the detail
Packed in bags of 100
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L03021
Material substrate
Made from 60 Durometer styrene
butadiene rubber
Dimensions
Height: 3/4"
Width: 3/8"
Thickness: 1/8" (projection from
frame when inserted)
SR66 Door silencer - adhesive
Self adhesive rubber silencers
Economical installation requires no drilling of frames
Packed two sheets of 50 (100 minimum)
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L03021
Material substrate
Made from 60 Durometer styrene
butadiene rubber
Dimensions
Diameter: 1/2"
Thickness: 1/8" (projection from
frame when inserted)
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Grey Rubber GRY
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Grey Rubber GRY
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Brown Rubber BRN
--- Grey Rubber GRY
--- White Rubber WHT
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
E26
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E26
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Crash stop
CS115 Crash stop
Specially designed for full-size exterior doors
Tear resistant, grey vinyl cover
Heavy duty compression spring assembled to both ends of chain and end brackets
Packed with sheet metal screw.
Cast brass brackets with solid, welded steel chain
Optional sex bolt mounting available in US26D (626) only
Dimensions
Bracket size: 1-9/16" x 1-9/16"
Available lengths:
20-1/2" - Recommended for 30" door width (product no. CS115-20)
25-1/2" - Recommended for 36" door width (product no. CS115-25)
30-1/2" - Recommended for 42" door width (product no. CS115-30)
Available accessory items
Sex bolt mounting available in US26D (626) only.
Through bolt with cap nut mounting available in US26D (626) only
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F1
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products F1
Exterior hardware
Table of contents
Lock guards
LG1 Lock guard with security pin ............................................................................................ F2
LG7 Lock guard ........................................................................................................................... F2
LG10 Lock guard ......................................................................................................................... F2
LG11 Lock guard - aluminum doors ........................................................................................ F3
LG12 Lock guard - narrow ......................................................................................................... F3
LG13 Lock guard..........................................................................................................................F4
LG14 Lock guard - with electric strike ....................................................................................F4
Viewers
U696 One-way viewer - UL ..................................................................................................... F5
698 One-way wide angle viewer ........................................................................................... F5
U698 One-way wide angle viewer - UL ................................................................................ F5
700 One-way narrow viewer .................................................................................................. F6
U700 One-way narrow viewer - UL .......................................................................................F6
701 One-way narrow viewer for thicker doors ..................................................................... F6
U701 One-way narrow viewer for thicker doors - UL ........................................................F6
Door knockers
02-3125 Knocker only ............................................................................................................ F7
02-31251U Knocker with U700 viewer ................................................................................ F7
02-31252U Knocker with U701 viewer ................................................................................. F7
Mail slots
620 Magazine size letter box plate with standard (open) back plate ........................F8
601 Sleeve for use with letter box plate ..............................................................................F8
Ives Architectural hardware products
F2
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F2
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Lock guards
LG1 Lock guard with security pin
LG7 Lock guard
LG1 incorporates security frame pin to prevent separation of the door and frame
LG7 does not incorporate the security frame pin
Ideal for use with mortise or cylindrical locks
Unit covers the latch bolt area of the door and lock, thereby providing added protection
from burglars, vandals or normal abuse
Non-handed
Easy installation
Through bolted with carriage bolts and nuts
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel, 12
gauge steel(LG1 only) or brass (LG1 only)
Dimensions
3" wide x 11-1/2" high
Bolt center to center: 10-1/2"
LG10 Lock guard
Ideally suited for use with rose or escutcheon 2-3/4" wide or less
For use with type 86 mortise and type 161 cylindrical locks (ANSI 156.13 Series 1000
and ANSI 156.2 Series 4000)
Unique design provides maximum security, virtually eliminating the opening between
door and frame at the latch point
Non-handed
2 welded mounting studs. No exposed fasteners on face of unit
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel,
12 gauge steel
Available accessory items
Security pin fasteners
Dimensions
2-1/2" wide x 9-1/2" high
Stud center to center: 8-1/2"
Finishes - Steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600* Primed for paint Steel USP
603* Zinc plated Steel US2G
695* Dark bronze painted Steel SP313
Finishes - Steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primed for paint Steel USP
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
606* Satin brass Brass US4
612* Satin bronze Brass US10
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory. *Not available on LG7..
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F3
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products F3
Lock guards
LG11 Lock guard - aluminum doors
Designed for use on aluminum doors with latch-type locks or doors equipped with
electric strikes
Unique design provides maximum security, virtually eliminating the opening between
door and frame at latch point
Unit is handed - Specify left or right hand when ordering
2 welded mounting studs. No exposed fasteners on face of unit
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel,
12 gauge steel
Available accessory items
Security pin fasteners
Dimensions
3" wide x 9-1/2" high
Stud center to center: 8-1/2"
LG12 Lock guard - narrow
Narrow design unit for use on rose or escutcheon 3-1/2" or less
For use with type 86 mortise and type 161 cylinder locks (ANSI 156.13 Series 1000
and ANSI 156.2 Series 4000)
Unique design provides maximum security, virtually eliminating the opening between
door and frame at the latch point
Non-handed
2 welded mounting studs. No exposed fasteners on face of unit
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel,
12 gauge steel
Available accessory items
Security pin fasteners
Dimensions
1-1/2" wide x 9-1/2" high
Stud center to center: 8-1/2"
Finishes - Steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
695 Dark bronze painted Steel SP313
Finishes - Steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primed for paint Steel USP
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
F4
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F4
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Lock guards
LG13 Lock guard
Designed for use on all type 161 cylindrical locks (ANSI 156.2 Series 2000)
Monolock and Unilock
Unique design provides maximum security, virtually eliminating the opening between door
and frame at latch point
Non-handed
2 welded mounting studs. No exposed fasteners on face of unit
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel,
12 gauge steel
Available accessory items
Security pin fasteners
Dimensions
1-1/2" wide x 7" high
Stud center to center: 4-1/2"
LG14 Lock guard - with electric strike
Narrow design unit for use on rose or escutcheon 3-1/2" or less.
For use with Von Duprin 6210 and 6211 electric strike.
No exposed fasteners on face of unit.
Unique design provides maximum security, virtually eliminating the opening between door
and frame at latch point.
Non-handed
4 welded mounting studs. No exposed fasteners on face of unit
Material substrate
Made from 13 gauge stainless steel
Available accessory items
Security pin fasteners
Dimensions
2-9/16" wide x 9-1/2" high
Stud center to center: 8-1/2" and 6-3/4"
Finishes - Steel
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
600 Primed for paint Steel USP
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Stainless
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F5
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products F5
Viewers
U696 One-way viewer - UL
150° angle of view
For doors 1-3/8" to 2-1/16" thick
Secure, tamper-resistant one-way thread installation
Simple installation — only a 1/2" hole required
Suggested installation height: 60" from floor
Material substrate
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23222
UL listed 90 minute fire doors
Available accessory items
Trim washer available, 3/4" x .032" thick.
Extensions available for thicker doors
Privacy viewer covers to prevent viewing
from outside the room
Dimensions
External diameter: 3/4"
698 One-way wide angle viewer
U698 One-way wide angle viewer - UL
190° angle of view
4 optical glass lenses
For doors 1-3/8" to 2-1/8" thick
Simple installation — only a 9/16" hole required
Suggested installation height: 60" from floor
Material substrate
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23222
U698 is UL listed 90 minute fire doors
Available accessory items
Extensions available for thicker doors
Privacy viewer covers to prevent viewing
from outside the room
Dimensions
External diameter: 1"
Lens projects 1/4" from face of door
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
606 Satin brass Brass B4
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
619* Satin nickel Brass B15
622* Matte black Brass B-BLK
625* Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory. *Not available on 698.
Ives Architectural hardware products
F6
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F6
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Viewers
700 One-way narrow viewer
U700 One-way narrow viewer - UL
120° angle of view
For doors 1-3/8" to 2-1/16" thick
Secure, tamper-resistant one-way thread installation
Simple installation—only a 1/2" hole required
Suggested installation height: 60" from floor
Certifications
700 meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23173
U700 meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23223
U700 is UL listed 90 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, glass lens
Available accessory items
Trim washer available, 3/4" x .032" thick.
Extensions available for thicker doors
Privacy viewer covers to prevent viewing
from outside the room
Dimensions
External diameter: 5/8"
701 One-way narrow viewer for thicker doors
U701 One-way narrow viewer for thicker doors - UL
120° angle of view
For doors 2-1/8" to 2-5/8" thick
Secure, tamper-resistant one-way thread installation
Simple installation—only a 1/2" hole required
Suggested installation height: 60" from floor
Certifications
701 meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23173
U701 meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23223
U701 is UL listed 90 minute fire doors
Material substrate
Made from brass, glass lens
Available accessory items
Trim washer available, 3/4" x .032" thick.
Extensions available for thicker doors
Privacy viewer covers to prevent viewing
from outside the room
Dimensions
External diameter: 5/8"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
606 Satin brass Brass B4
613* Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619* Satin nickel Brass B15
622* Matte black Brass B-BLK
625* Bright chrome Brass B26
626* Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory. *Not available on 700.
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
606 Satin brass Brass B4
613* Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619* Satin nickel Brass B15
622* Matte black Brass B-BLK
625* Bright chrome Brass B26
626* Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory. *Not available on 700.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F7
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products F7
Door knockers
02-3125 Knocker only
02-31251U Knocker with U700 viewer
02-31252U Knocker with U701 viewer
02-31251 and 02-31251U for door thickness 7/8" – 1-9/16"
02-31252 and 02-31252U for door thickness 1-5/8" – 2-1/8"
Bolts through door
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L23161
Material substrate
Made from forged brass
Dimensions
Length: 5-15/16"
Width: 3"
Projection: 1-1/16"
Mounting hole center-to-center: 3-15/16"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609* Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
*B5 knockers are not available with viewer. B3 is furnished with B4(606) viewer, 716 is
furnished with B10B viewer, B15 (619) is furnished with a 626 viewer.
Ives Architectural hardware products
F8
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F8
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Mail slots
620 Magazine size letter box plate with standard (open) back plate
Spring-loaded front plate
Sex bolt mounting available, order separately 09-355 – finish.
Packed with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, L26031
Material substrate
Made from brass or aluminum
Dimensions
Overall size: 13" wide x 3-9/16" high
Plate opening: 11" x 2" high
601 Sleeve for use with letter box plate
For use on 1-3/4" hollow core doors.
Prevents items falling into door
1/4" Wide strengthening rib for added durability
Can be stacked thicker doors
Material substrate
Made of stainless steel
Dimensions
Overall size:
11 7/16" wide x 2 11/16" high x 1 3/4" deep
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
628 Clear anodized Aluminum PA28
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G1
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G1
Miscellaneous door hardware
Table of contents
Brackets and hooks
059 Hand rail bracket ............................................................................................................... G2
59 Hand rail bracket ..................................................................................................................G3
159 Hand rail bracket ................................................................................................................G3
405 Coat & hat hook ................................................................................................................G4
571 Coat & hat hook ..................................................................................................................G4
572 Coat & hat hook .................................................................................................................G5
574 Coat & hat hook .................................................................................................................G5
575 Coat & hat hook .................................................................................................................G6
580 Ceiling hook ........................................................................................................................G6
581 Wardrobe hook ...................................................................................................................G7
582 Double wardrobe hook .....................................................................................................G8
SP585 Closet pole sockets ......................................................................................................G9
SP586 Closet pole sockets ......................................................................................................G9
Decorative hooks
506 Plymouth coat & hat hook ............................................................................................G10
507 Rhodes coat & hat hook .................................................................................................G10
507B Rhodes wardrobe hook ................................................................................................G10
508 Greenwich coat & hat hook...........................................................................................G10
508C Greenwich coat & hat hook, concealed mount ....................................................... G11
509C Tubular coat & hat hook, concealed mount ............................................................ G11
510C Latitude coat & hat hook, concealed mount ........................................................... G11
510BC Latitude wardrobe hook, concealed mount........................................................... G11
511BC Century wardrobe hook, concealed mount ............................................................ G12
543 Camelot coat & hat hook ............................................................................................... G12
543B Camelot wardrobe hook .............................................................................................. G12
554 Century coat & hat hook ................................................................................................ G13
558B Orbit wardrobe hook .................................................................................................... G13
559B Tubular wardrobe hook ............................................................................................... G13
Window hardware
07 Window lock ........................................................................................................................ G14
90 Side window lock ............................................................................................................... G14
026 Bar window lift ................................................................................................................. G15
066 Casement fastener ......................................................................................................... G15
66 Casement fastener ............................................................................................................G16
71 Casement adjuster .............................................................................................................. G16
Rescue hardware
299RS Rescue strike - center .................................................................................................G17
299RB Rescue strike - offset ..................................................................................................G17
299AS Emergency stop assembly - center ........................................................................G18
299AB Emergency stop assembly - offset ........................................................................G18
Ives Architectural hardware products
G2
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G2
Miscellaneous hardware
Brackets and hooks
Brass substrate
Aluminum substrate
059 Hand rail bracket
Large faceplate for secure attachment to wall
Features solid construction for increased strength
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L13061 for brass and L33061 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from solid brass, cast aluminum, or
zinc
Dimensions
Bracket size: 1-9/16" x 1-9/16"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
620 Blackened nickel Brass B15A
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z619E
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G3
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G3
Brackets and hooks
59 Hand rail bracket
Large faceplate for secure attachment to wall
Features solid construction for increased strength
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L13061 for
brass and L33061 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or cast aluminum
Dimensions
Aluminum base: 2-13/16" high x 1-7/16" wide
Brass base: 2-15/16" high x 1-1/2" wide
Base to center of rail: 2-3/4"
159 Hand rail bracket
For use on commercial applications
Exceeds OSHA and BHMA strength test requirements
Packed with fasteners for masonry and wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L33081
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base diameter: 3-1/8"
Base to rail center: 3-1/8"
Brass substrate
Aluminum substrate Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum US3AL
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum US27
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
G4
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G4
Miscellaneous hardware
Brackets and hooks
405 Coat & hat hook
Wide body design is ideal for public buildings, schools, dormitories, etc., where hook must
withstand unusual stress and strain
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L33113
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1-1/2" high x 7/8" wide
Projection: 2-1/2"
571 Coat & hat hook
All-purpose hook in traditional design
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L13113 for brass and L33113 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1-3/4" high x 1-3/16" wide
Projection: 3"
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
667 Satin brass Aluminum A4
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z619E
For other colors, consult factory.
Brass substrate
Aluminum substrate
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G5
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G5
Brackets and hooks
572 Coat & hat hook
All-purpose hook in traditional design
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L13113 for brass and L33113 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and cast aluminum
Dimensions
Brass base: 1-1/2" high x 1-1/4" wide
Projection: 3-1/8"
574 Coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for commercial and residential installations
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L13113 for brass
and L33113 for aluminum
Material substrate
Made from cast brass and cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1-5/8" high x 1-3/4" wide
Projection: 3-3/4"
Overall height, brass: 4-3/4"
Overall height, aluminum: 5"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
627 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Brass substrate
Aluminum substrate
Ives Architectural hardware products
G6
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G6
Miscellaneous hardware
Brackets and hooks
575 Coat & hat hook
Especially designed to accommodate large hats
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L33121
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 2-1/4" high x 1-3/8" wide
Projection: 3-5/8"
Overall height: 5-3/4"
580 Ceiling hook
Ideal for use in closets, attached to underside of shelves, or in storage lockers
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from cast aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1" high x 1-7/8" wide
Projection: 2-1/4"
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G7
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G7
Brackets and hooks
581 Wardrobe hook
Compact hook is perfect where space is limited, such as behind doors where low
profile is needed.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from cast brass, cast aluminum, or zinc
Dimensions
Base, brass/aluminum: 1-1/4" high x 1-1/4" wide
Base, zinc: 1-1/2" high x 3/4" wide
Projection, brass: 1-11/16"
Projection, Aluminum, zinc: 1-5/8"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z619E
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
G8
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G8
Miscellaneous hardware
Brackets and hooks
582 Double wardrobe hook
Compact double hook is perfect where space is limited, such as behind doors where low
profile is needed
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from cast brass, cast aluminum, or zinc
Dimensions
Base, brass: 1-1/8" high x 1-1/4" wide
Base, aluminum: 1-1/16" high x 1-3/16 wide
Base, zinc: 1-5/8" high x 7/8" wide
Projection, brass: 1"
Projection, aluminum, zinc: 1-3/32"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
606 Satin brass Brass B4
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
612 Satin bronze Brass B10
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass B10B
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
668 Satin bronze Aluminum A10
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
Finishes - Zinc
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
--- Satin nickel Zinc Z619E
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G9
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G9
Brackets and hooks
SP585 Closet pole sockets
Flange design prevents accidental knock out of pole
Accommodates pole or pipe with outside diameter of 1-3/8"
Packed in pairs
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from wrought steel
SP586 Closet pole sockets
Single screw mounting
Accommodates pole or pipe with outside diameter of 1-3/8"
Packed in pairs
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Material substrate
Made from a heavy duty plastic for long life and extra strength
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
632 Bright brass Steel F3
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
---* White Plastic P
*Only available in Slim-Pak of 25.
Ives Architectural hardware products
G10
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G10
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative hooks
506 Plymouth coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Plymouth Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" high x 1/2" wide
Projection: 2"
Overall height: 5-1/4"
Overall width: 4-3/4"
507 Rhodes coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Rhodes Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2- 5/16" high x 1/2" wide
Projection: 3-1/2"
Overall height: 4-1/2"
507B Rhodes wardrobe hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Rhodes Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2- 5/16" high x 1/2" wide
Projection: 1-15/16"
508 Greenwich coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Greenwich Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" high x 1-1/2" wide
Projection: 3-5/16"
Overall height: 5-1/2"
506, 507, 507B and 508 Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G11
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G11
Decorative hooks
508C Greenwich coat & hat hook, concealed mount
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Greenwich Series pulls and levers
Concealed mount - packaged with set screw
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" high x 1-1/2" wide
Projection: 3-11/16"
Overall height: 5-1/2"
509C Tubular coat & hat hook, concealed mount
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Tubular Series pulls and levers
Concealed mount - packaged with set screw and allen wrench
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 1-15/16" diameter
Projection: 3-1/4"
Overall height: 5-11/16"
510C Latitude coat & hat hook, concealed mount
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Latitude Series pulls and levers
Concealed mount - packaged with set screw and allen wrench
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 1-15/16" diameter
Projection: 3-3/4"
Overall height: 5-11/16"
508C, 509C, 510C and 510BC Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
510BC Latitude wardrobe hook, concealed mount
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Latitude Series pulls and levers
Concealed mount - packaged with set screw and allen wrench
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 1-15/16" diameter
Projection: 3-1/4"
Ives Architectural hardware products
G12
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G12
Miscellaneous hardware
Decorative hooks
511BC Century wardrobe hook, concealed mount
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Century Series Pulls and Levers
Concealed mount
Pre-installed fastener for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Base: 1" high x 3/4" wide
Projection: 1-1/2"
543 Camelot coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Camelot Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from stainless steel
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" high x 13/16" wide
Projection: 2-1/2"
Overall height: 5-1/2"
543B Camelot wardrobe hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Camelot Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from stainless steel
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" high x 13/16" wide
Projection: 1-11/16"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
543 and 543B Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
629 Bright stainless Stainless steel US32
630 Satin stainless Stainless steel US32D
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G13
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G13
Decorative hooks
554 Century coat & hat hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Century Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from cast brass
Dimensions
Base: 2" Diameter
Projection: 4-1/4"
Overall height: 4-7/8"
558B Orbit wardrobe hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Orbit Series pulls and levers
Concealed mount - packaged with set screw
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 3-5/8" high x 3/4" wide
Projection: 2-7/8"
559B Tubular wardrobe hook
Decorative design is ideal for all installations
Design complements Tubular Series pulls and levers
Surface mount
Packaged with fasteners for wood/drywall applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from brass
See finishes below
Dimensions
Base: 2" Diameter
Projection: 1-5/16"
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
558B and 559B Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass 605
613 Oil rubbed bronze Brass 613
619 Satin nickel Brass 619
622 Matte black Brass BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass 625
626 Satin chrome Brass 626
--- Aged bronze Brass 643e/716
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
G14
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G14
Miscellaneous hardware
Window hardware
90 Side window lock
May be used singularly for small windows or in pairs for large windows
Cam action eliminates rattles and holds window firmly in desired position
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from aluminum
Dimensions
1-3/4" high x 1-1/8" wide
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
For other colors, consult factory.
07 Window lock
Designed low to the sash for superior strength and greater resistance to breakage
Vertical and horizontal camming action for snug, non-rattling fit
Heavy gauge springs provide long-wearing action
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16, L33121
Material substrate
Made from cast brass or aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 15/16" x 2-9/16"
Strike: 5/8" x 2-9/16"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
---* Blackened brass Aluminum A5
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
For other colors, consult factory. *Only available in Slim-Pak of 25.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G15
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G15
Window hardware
066 Casement fastener
For use on windows to provide weather-tight fastening and security
Also ideal for securing louvered doors and small doors
Packaged with three strikes: Surface Strike (SS) Rim Strike (RS) Mortise Strike (MS)
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from solid brass or aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1-5/8" x 7/8"
Projection: 1-3/8"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
703 Oil rubbed bronze Aluminum A10B
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
Surface
Strike (SS)
Rim
Strike (RS)
Mortise
Strike (MS)
026 Bar window lift
Facilitates opening of window in a safe manner
Can also be used as a drawer or utility pull
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from solid brass or aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 1-1/8" high x 4" wide
Projection: 1-1/16"
Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
622 Matte black Brass B-BLK
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
670 Satin nickel Aluminum A15
672 Bright chrome Aluminum A26
702 Satin chrome Aluminum A26D
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
--- Aged bronze Aluminum A-643e/716
--- Matte black Aluminum A-BLK
--- White Aluminum A-W
For other colors, consult factory.
Ives Architectural hardware products
G16
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G16
Miscellaneous hardware
Window hardware
71 Casement adjuster
Securely holds casement window in any position.
Can also be used to hold cabinet lids and drafting table tops in various positions.
Available in 10" and 12" lengths.
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from burnished steel or solid brass
Dimensions
Tube: 3/8" x 5/8"
Projection: 1"
Sash plate:
Brass: 1-5/8" high x 5/8" wide
Steel: 2 x 5/8" wide
Sill plate:
2-1/4" x 15/16" wide
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
66 Casement fastener
For use on windows to provide weather-tight fastening and security
Also ideal for securing louvered doors and small doors
Packaged with three strikes: Surface Strike (SS), Rim Strike (RS), or Mortise Strike (MS)
Packaged with fasteners for wood applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA 156.16
Material substrate
Made from solid brass or aluminum
Dimensions
Base: 2-1/16" high x 1-1/16" wide
Projection: 1-7/8"
Surface
Strike (SS)
Rim
Strike (RS)
Mortise
Strike (MS) Finishes - Brass
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
605 Bright brass Brass B3
609 Blackened brass Brass B5
619 Satin nickel Brass B15
625 Bright chrome Brass B26
626 Satin chrome Brass B26D
--- Aged bronze Brass B-643e/716
Finishes - Aluminum
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
666 Bright brass Aluminum A3
--- Blackened brass Aluminum A5
669 Bright nickel Aluminum A14
673 Aluminum clear coat Aluminum A92
For other colors, consult factory.
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G17
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G17
Rescue hardware
299RS Rescue strike - center
299RB Rescue strike - offset
Ives rescue hardware was specifically designed to address a problem often encountered by
healthcare professionals—a blocked doorway caused by an incapacitated patient.
Must be used with center hung pivots such as Ives models: 7253, 7255, 7255J, 7256, and 7259
Center or offset mounting styles
7" Strike fits 5-3/4" frame and 8" Strike fits 6-3/4" frames
Fits 1 3/4" door thickness. Custom sizes available, consult factory
Cannot be used with deadbolt applications
May not work with certain mortise lock configurations, consult factory for Schlage and Falcon
lock compatibility
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A1882
Material substrate
Stainless Steel
Dimensions
7" Strike: 6.75 x 2.75
Used with 5 3/4" Frame
8" Strike: 7.75 x 2.75
Used with 6 3/4" Frame
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Stainless steel Stainless 630
For other colors, consult factory.
Rescue strike only
Center
Offset
Ives Architectural hardware products
G18
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G18
Miscellaneous hardware
Rescue hardware
299AS Emergency stop assembly - center
299AB Emergency stop assembly - offset
Ives rescue hardware was specifically designed to address a problem often encountered by
healthcare professionals—a blocked doorway caused by an incapacitated patient.
Must be used with center hung pivots such as Ives models: 7253, 7255, 7255J, 7256, and 7259
Center or offset mounting styles
7" Strike fits 5-3/4" frame and 8" Strike fits 6-3/4" frames
Fits 1 3/4" door thickness. Custom sizes available, consult factory
Available with emergency release and strike in the following sizes:
7" center, 8" center, 7" offset, and 8" offset
Cannot be used with deadbolt applications
May not work with certain mortise lock configurations, consult factory for Schlage and Falcon
lock compatibility
Packed with fasteners for hollow metal applications
Certifications
Meets ANSI/BHMA A1882
Material substrate
Stainless Steel
Available Accessory Items
299AL Emergency stop latch assembly
299ES Emergency stop strike plate -
Centered (7" and 8")
299EB Emergency stop strike plate -
Offset (7" and 8")
Dimensions
7" Strike: 6.75 x 2.75
Used with 5 3/4" Frame
8" Strike: 7.75 x 2.75
Used with 6 3/4" Frame
Finishes
BHMA Description Substrate Finish
630 Stainless steel Stainless 630
For other colors, consult factory.
How it works
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Door Door Door
Sliding stop
Lever push to retract
Travel Travel
Emergency stop assemblies
Center Offset
Mortise latch assembly
4.500(114.30)
3.250(82.55)
1.625(41.28)1.000(25.40
.134(3.40
)
1.250(31.75)
2.563(65.09)
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls &plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G19
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products G19
Notes
Ives Architectural hardware products
242
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Index by product description
A
Angle stop, D11
Automatic wall holder, E15
Auxiliary pusher, D12
B
Ball catch, D13
adjustable, D16
dual adjustable, D16, D17
C
Carry bar, C14
Casement adjuster, G16
Casement fastener, G15, G16
Chain door guard, D7
Closet pole socket, G9
Constant latching flush bolt, C5
Coordinator
bar, C19
filler bar, C20
gravity, C23
mounting bracket, C21-C22
Crash stop, E26
D
Door base stop, E20, E21
Door bolt
dutch, D6
mortise, D6
Door guard
chain, D7
solid bar, D7
Door knocker, F7
Door pull, B2, B3, B4, B5
offset, B5
Door silencer, E25
Dust proof strike, C16
E
Elbow catch, D17
F
Flexible door stop, E19, E21
Floor stop, E2-E6
& automatic holder, E7
& manual holder, E8
& semi-automatic holder, E7
Flush bolts
automatic, C2-C5
constant latching, C6-C9
manual, C10-C15
Flush pull, B57-B59
decorative, B60-B62
G
H
Handrail bracket, G2-G3
Hinge pin stop, E22-E24
Hinges
3 knuckle, full mortise, A5-A8
5 knuckle, full mortise, A10-A15
continuous geared
full mortise, A23-A26, A31-A33, A36, A37
full surface, A34, A35
half surface, A27-A30
continuous pin & barrel
full mortise, A43, A44, A46, A49, A50
full surface, A45
swing clear, A47, A48
pocket, A72, A73
residential, A16
spring, A9
Hook
ceiling, G6
coat & hat, G4-G6, G10-G13
wardrobe, G8, G10-G13
I
Invisible latch, D12
K
Kick down holder, E15, E16
L
Lock guard, F2-F4
Long door pull, B38, B39
M
Magnetic catch, D14
Mail slots, F8
N
P
Pivot
1 1/2" offset, A61, A62
3/4" offset, A54-A60
center hung, A67-A71
intermediate, A63-A65
electrified, A66
pocket, A72
electrified, A73
Plunger door holder, E17
Pocket sliding door bolt, B63
Protection plates, B47
Pull
architectural, B11-B17
decorative, B23-B37
Pull plate, B41-B45
Push bar , B18
with pull , B19-B22
Push plate , B41
R
Rescue hardware , G17, G18
Riser , E2, E3
Roller bumper , E18
Roller catch , D15
Roller latch D8-D10
S
Screen door pull, B65
Side window lock, G7
Slide door edge pull, B63
Sliding door pull, B64, B65
Strike plate, D10
Surface bolt, D2-D5
V
Vandal resistant trim, B48-B56
Viewer, F5, F6
W
Wall bumper, E11, E12
Wall holder
automatic, E14
manual, E13
Wall stop, E9, E10
Window
bar lift, G15
lock, G14
A
Hinges & pivots
B
Pulls & plates
C
Flush bolts & coordinators
D
Latches, catches & bolts
E
Stops
F
Exterior hardware
G
Miscellaneous hardware
Ives Architectural hardware products 243
Numerical part index
02-3125, F7
07, G14
026, G15
026XY, A23
027XY, A24
040XY, A25
041XY, A26
045XY, A27
046XY, A28
053XY, A29
054, D6
054XY, A30
059, G2
060, E19
061, E19
066, G15
2, D17
22, B57
25, B65
3CB1, A6
3CB1HW, A7
3CB1WT, A8
3PB1, A5
3SP1, A9
40, D5
42, B63
59, G3
5BB1, A11
5BB1BSC, A14
5BB1BSCHW, A15
5BB1HW, A12
5BB1SC, A14
5BB1SCHW, A15
5BB1WT, A13
5PB1, A10
60, E20
61, E20
63, E21
64, E21
66, G16
69, E22
70, E23
71, G16
72, E24
73, E24
90, G14
112HD, A31
112XY, A32
114XY, A33
157XY, A34
159, G3
210XY, A35
218, B57
221, B58
222, B58
223, B59
224HD, A36
224XY, A37
227, B59
230, B63
253, D5
261, C10
262, C11
265, C12
299AB, G18
299AS, G18
299RB, G17
299RS, G17
325, D14
326, D14
327, D14
330, D15
335, D15
336, D15
345, D16
347, D16
349, D17
405, G4
411R, E12
430, E5
481, D7
482, D7
506, G10
507, G10
507B, G10
508, G10
508C, G11
509C, G11
510BC, G11
510C, G11
511BC, G12
543, G12
543B, G12
554, G13
558B, G13
559B, G13
571, G4
572, G5
574, G5
575, G6
580, G6
581, G7
582, G8
585, G9
586, G9
600, A43
601, F8
602, A45
611, A47
620, F8
698, F5
700, A43
700, F6
700CS, A44
701, F6
702, A45
705, A46
711, A47
711CS, A48
715, A49
715CS, A50
950, B60
955, B61
960, B61
962, B62
990, B64
991, B65
1010, A16
1011, A16
1012, A16
1020, A16
1021, A16
7212, A54
7212-7212V-7222 INT, A63
7212V, A54
7215, A55
7215-7226-7227 INT, A64
7215F, A55
7215F-7226F-7227F INT, A64
7215PT-7226PT-7227PT, A66
7222, A56
7226, A57
7226F, A57
7227, A58
7227F, A58
7230F, A59
7230F-7237F INT, A65
7237F, A60
7244F, A61
7244F-7245F INT, A65
7245F, A62
7253, A67
7255, A68
7255J, A69
7256, A70
7259, A71
8102HD, B11
8103EZHD, B13
8103HD, B12
8105, B14
8111-5, B23
8112-5, B23
8121, B24
8145EZHD, B15
8169, B25
8181, B26
8189, B27
8190EZHD, B17
8190HD, B16
8200, B41
8281, B28
8300, B41
8302, B42
8303, B43
8305, B44
8311, B45
8312, B29
8320, B30
8371, B31
8372, B32
8373, B33
8400, B47
8402, B47
8700, B34
8800, B35
8848, B36
8975, B37
9100HD, B18
9103EZHD, B19
91105F, A72
9145EZHD, B20
919, B60
9190EZHD, B22
9190HD, B21
9264, B39
9266, B39
AS18, D11
AS895, D11
CB1, C124
CL11, D12
CL12, D12
CL14, D12
CL21, D13
CL21A, D13
CL22, D13
COR7G, C23
COR9G, C23
COR32, C19
COR42, C19
COR52, C19
COR60, C19
COR72, C19
CS115, E26
DP1, C16
DP2, C16
E91105F, A73
FB31, C2
FB32, C3
FB33, C3
FB41, C4
FB42, C5
FB51, C6
FB52, C7
FB53, C7
FB61, C8
FB62, C9
FB358, C13
FB457, C14
FB458, C15
FL20, C20
FL32, C20
FL44, C20
FS9, E7
FS13, E2
FS17, E2
FS18L, E5
FS18S, E5
FS40, E7
FS41, E7
FS42, E7
FS43, E7
FS410, E4
FS434, E5
FS436, E3
FS438, E3
FS439, E4
FS441, E6
FS444, E6
FS446, E8
FS448, E6
FS450, E8
FS452, E15
FS455, E16
FS495, E8
FS496, E8
FS497, E8
FS544, E16
FS555, E16
FS1153, E17
FS1154, E17
LG1, F2
LG7, F2
LG10, F2
LG11, F3
LG12, F3
LG13, F4
LG14, F4
MB1, C21
MB1F, C22
MB1V, C22
MB2, C21
MB2F, C22
MB2V, C22
MB3F, C22
MB3V, C22
R14, E2
R435, E3
R437, E3
RB470, E18
RB471, E18
RB472, E18
RL30, D8
RL30A, D8
RL32, D8
RL32A, D8
RL36, D9
RL36A, D9
RL38, D9
RL1152, D10
S48, D6
SB360, D2
SB453, D2
SB1601M1, D4
SB1601M2, D4
SB1630, D3
SB1640, D3
SR64, E25
SR65, E25
SR66, E25
STK685, D10
STK685L, D10
U696, F5
U698, F5
U700, F6
U701, F6
VR810-DT, B48
VR810-NL, B49
VR810-NL-V, B50
VR814-DT, B48
VR814-NL, B49
VR814-NL-V, B50
VR900, B51
VR900LLP, B52
VR904, 51
VR904LLP, 52
VR910-DT, B53
VR910-NL, B54
VR910M-DT, B55
VR910M-NL, B56
VR914-DT, B53
VR914-NL, B54
VR914M-DT, B55
VR914M-NL, B56
WS11, E9
WS11X, E9
WS20, E9
WS20X, E9
WS33, E10
WS33X, E10
WS40, E14
WS45, E14
WS45X, E14
WS65, E10
WS401/402, E11
WS404CVX, E11
WS406/407, E12
WS443, E13
WS445, E13
WS447, E13
WS449, E13
Allegion (NYSE: ALLE) creates peace of mind by pioneering safety and security.
As a $2 billion provider of security solutions for homes and businesses, Allegion
employs more than 7,800 people and sells products in more than 120 countries
across the world. Allegion comprises 23 global brands, including strategic
brands CISA®
, Interflex®
, LCN®
, Schlage® and Von Duprin®
.
For more, visit www.allegion.com
About Allegion
© 2018 Allegion
005313, Rev. 09/18
www.allegion.com/us

Navigation menu